2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-312138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-312138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31aptd:BeforeNonUnderlyingItemsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31aptd:NonUnderlyingItemsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31aptd:BeforeNonUnderlyingItemsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31aptd:NonUnderlyingItemsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-312138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-312138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31aptd:BorrowingsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31aptd:BorrowingsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31aptd:BorrowingsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-312138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember2138009VHA1WI2VKMA282022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberiso4217:GBPiso4217:GBPxbrli:shares
Graphics
Annual Report  
2023
Annual Report 2023

Graphics
Directors and Advisers
Independent Auditor
RSM UK Audit LLP
25 Farringdon Street
London
EC4A 4AB
Financial Advisor and
Stockbroker
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR
Financial Public Relations
Alma PR
71-73 Carter Lane
London
EC4V 5EQ
Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL
Registered Office
8th Floor, 138 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6BJ
Ivan Martin
Non-Executive Chairman / Chair of Nomination Committee
Ivan Martin was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016 and assumed the role of Non-Executive Chairman on 4 March
2016. Ivan is also Non-Executive Chairman of TelcoSwitch, a privately owned provider of Unified Communications
Software as a Service. Until April 2021, Ivan was also Non-Executive Chairman of Xceptor, a London-based international
software business which was sold by CBPE Capital to Astorg Partners. Ivan has held a number of significant Executive and
Non-Executive positions in both the Technology and Financial Services sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer of Misys
Banking and Capital Markets and a main board member of Misys plc. He was also Chairman of FDM Group from 2006 to
2019, during which time he oversaw the growth and evolution of this company from an AIM listing to a FTSE 250 member
valued at over £1 billion. Ivan is a member of various Wulstan Capital LLPs and Parch Three Estates LLP, being commercial
property investment vehicles.
Alex Curran
Chief Executive Officer
Alex Curran was appointed to the Aptitude Software Board as Acting CEO on 12 July 2023 and subsequently appointed as
CEO on 30 November 2023. Alex joined Aptitude Software in 2008 and she has held several senior roles within the Group,
including leading the North American business since July 2019. Alex was appointed non-executive director of Checkit plc
on 9 January 2023.
Mike Johns
Chief Financial Officer
Mike Johns joined the Group in September 2017 as Group Financial Controller. A Chartered Accountant, Mike has
previously held senior financial positions within the Group, including Finance Director for the Group’s business outside of
North America, before being appointed Chief Financial Officer on 17 May 2023.
Barbara Moorhouse
Non-Executive Director / Senior Independent Director / Chair of Remuneration Committee
Barbara Moorhouse was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 April 2017 and on 14 March 2022 she was appointed
as Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Prior to this, she was Chair of the Audit
Committee. Barbara has extensive senior experience in operating and financial roles across the public and private sectors.
Her most recent executive roles were as Chief Operating Officer at Westminster City Council, and Director General at the
Ministry of Justice and Department for Transport. Earlier in her career, she was Chief Financial Officer at two international
listed software companies – Kewill Systems plc and Scala Business Solutions NV. Until 31 May 2022 Barbara was also chair
of the Rail Safety and Standards Board. Barbara is currently also independent Chair of Agility Trains, a Non-Executive
Director of Balfour Beatty plc, and a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Quality and Safety Committee of Dŵr Cymru/
Welsh Water.
Sara Dickinson
Non-Executive Director / Chair of Audit Committee
Sara Dickinson was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2021 and took on the role of Chair of the Audit
Committee on 16 March 2022. Sara was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of the British Standards Institute on 24 January
2022. Prior to this, Sara was Senior Vice President of Finance at Expedia Group, and previously the Chief Finance Officer of
Expedia Partner Solutions, the global B2B technology solutions division within Expedia. Sara has over 25 years of financial
experience, as well as significant knowledge of digital finance processes and finance transformation. Until August 2021,
Sara was a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Finance Committee of A2Dominion, a residential property group with
a debt listing on the London Stock Exchange. Sara’s other past experience includes Commercial Finance Director at Costa
Coffee, Group Financial Controller for Sage Group plc and Vice President and European Chief Financial Officer of ebookers.
Alex Campbell
Company Secretary
Alex Campbell was appointed as Company Secretary on 8 June 2023. He is a member of the Chartered Governance
Institute and has significant experience in supporting UK listed companies with fulfilling their corporate governance and
statutory compliance obligations.

Graphics
Contents
1
Contents
Strategic report
2 Key Operational and Financial Highlights
5 Chairman’s Statement
6 Chief Executive Officers Report
11 Group Financial Performance
13 Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement
14 Responsible Business Report
20 Engagement with the Group’s Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)
23 Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Report
27 Principal Risks
Governance
31 Corporate Governance Statement
40 Directors’ Remuneration Statement
45 Directors’ Remuneration Report
61 Directors’ Report
Financial statements
69 Independent Auditors Report
78 Consolidated Income Statement
79 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
80 Balance Sheets
81 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
82 Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
83 Statements of Cash Flow
84 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Supplementary information
133 Shareholder Information
About Aptitude Software
Aptitude Software provides software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance to enable its clients to drive growth, efficiency and sustainability. Fynapse is Aptitude’s
intelligent finance data management and accounting platform designed to increase productivity and lower costs for finance teams globally. Fynapse provides a single view
of finance and business data, unparalleled performance and automation, faster and better insights, user-friendly functionality and market-leading total cost of ownership.

Graphics
Key Operational and Financial Highlights
2
Key Operational and Financial
Highlights
Financial Highlights
Year ended 31 December 2023 2022 % Change
ARR
Annual Recurring Revenue
1, 2
(‘ARR’) at year end £51.1m £50.2m
2
2%
Revenue
Total Revenue £74.7m £74.4m -
– Recurring Revenue
3
£53.4m £50.5m 6%
– Non-Recurring Revenue £21.3m £23.9m (11%)
Profit and EPS
Adjusted Operating Profit
4
£9.7m £7.5m 29%
Statutory Operating Profit £5.3m £3.7m 43%
Adjusted Operating Margin
4
13% 10% 3%
Basic Earnings per Share 7.2p 4.5p 60%
Cash and Balance Sheet
Cash and cash equivalents at year end £34.1m £29.2m 17%
Net funds
5
£22.7m £15.9m 43%
Final Ordinary Dividend per Share 3.6p 3.6p -
Full Year Ordinary Dividend per Share 5.4p 5.4p -
Adjusted Operating Profit grew by 29% to £9.7m (2022: £7.5m).
Year on year constant currency growth in ARR of 2% with headline growth rates moderated by continuing churn in Subscription,
Billing and Revenue Management.
Despite a reduction in non-recurring revenue of £2.6m (11%), total revenue remained steady at £74.7m, an increase of £0.3m
from the prior year as a result of the increase in higher quality, recurring revenue.
Recurring Revenue, the strategic priority of the Group, grew 6% to £53.4 million (2022: £50.5 million), representing 71% of
total revenue (2022: 68%).
Continued balance sheet strength, with cash of £34.1m (2022: £29.2m) and Net Funds
5
of £22.7m (2022: £15.9m). Cash
conversion remains a key strength and is improving with the increase in recurring revenue and an improving operating
margin.
As announced separately today, the Board has approved a share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years as part
of a programme of enhanced returns. The Group’s robust balance sheet provides the opportunity to take advantage of the
prevailing market conditions to repurchase shares at advantageous levels, while maintaining the necessary investment to
support the organic growth of the business.
Maintained full year dividend of 5.4p per share.
Strategic Progress:
Appointment of new executive team, with both CEO and CFO roles filled by internal candidates who have tenure with the
organisation and strong operational and market experience.
Executive team appointed to ensure Aptitude can complete the shift from a business set up to sell regulatory compliance
software to an organisation delivering an intelligent finance data management and accounting platform.
This shift is required to execute against the significant global opportunity for the Fynapse platform supported by our
strategic partnerships who recognise how Aptitude is uniquely positioned to help them capitalise on the AI autonomous
finance opportunity. The acceleration of our partner strategy is already delivering results, with increased partner pipeline
and marketing activity. Upon appointment, the CEO completed an organisational review, which has concluded the need for
organisational realignment to support the opportunity with Fynapse and partners.
The following is being implemented to support this:
Strategic refocus and linked objectives aligning the entire organisation to execute on the Fynapse opportunity, mitigating
client churn and scaling through partners.
Alignment of product and technology with the recent appointment of a Chief Product and Technology Officer.

Graphics
3
Implementation of a global and Fynapse partner led go-to-market team.
Robust churn mitigation solutions being implemented across the Group.
Refocus of the partner programme to build stronger and deeper relationships with a smaller number of critical partners
to drive velocity of deals.
Performance management reframed around objectives and key results (‘OKRs’) supporting the Group’s refreshed
Fynapse and partner led strategy.
The Fynapse Opportunity:
Fynapse provides clients with a differentiated offering enabling CFO’s to move from closing the books to supporting their full
Autonomous Finance vision and subsequent elevation to strategic advisor of the business.
Fynapse provides organisations with the ability to support this transformation rapidly (months vs. years) and cost effectively
when compared to other vendors in the market.
Fynapse provides Aptitude with an expanded go-to-market opportunity via the ability to continue to serve the Tier 1 market
as well as Tier 2 and 3 and additional sector types.
Fynapse also significantly expands the opportunity with partners as it delivers immediate value to their clients, which opens
up multiple channel types, and therefore will drive an increased velocity of deals for the Group.
Importantly, Fynapse provides a cutting-edge technology foundation that is designed for AI and designed to hold vast
quantities of information to support the insights of the CFO
Underpinning our confidence in long-term growth is the traction Fynapse continues to gain in the market, represented by
pipeline progression and the acceleration, and commitment by key partners to jointly go-to-market on their vision for AI
Autonomous Finance. As an example, Aptitude and Microsoft continue to build on the existing relationship. Alongside its
recently launched Copilot for Finance, Fynapse has been identified as a key component to Microsoft’s AI and Autonomous
Finance ERP strategy, enabling a single view of business and finance data with high processing speeds, supporting Copilot for
Finance. This is expected to support the momentum of our strategy.
Business Highlights in 2023:
New business success for our market leading Autonomous Finance platform, Fynapse to a first new logo client for a multi-year
subscription agreement, complementing the existing Telco charter client.
Multi-year renewal for Subscription Management offering, eSuite providing complementary revenue stream and cross sale
potential.
Continued new customer momentum with other Compliance and Finance Transformation offerings, including a multi-year
agreement to provide the Aptitude Insurance Calculation Engine to a UK government agency.
A material new multi-year agreement with an existing global Financial Services client to take Aptitude Assure, the Group’s
recurring managed services solution.
Outlook:
Fynapse increases Aptitude’s go-to-market opportunity but selling a broader platform offering like Fynapse needs alternative
skills and business expertise.
The organisational realignment is expected to be completed across 2024 to ensure the business is fully ready to capitalise on
the market opportunity with Fynapse, supported by a more focused partner community.
We have seen macroeconomic conditions continue to impact churn and investment decisions, resulting in lengthening sales
cycles. However, with Fynapse we expect to see this change over time. By expanding our go-to-market approach to include
tier 1, 2 and 3 organisations and enhancing our partner channels, this will lead to shorter sales cycles and a stronger flow of
business going forward.
These trends will moderate headline revenue this year and profitability is now expected to be in line with 2023 performance,
before returning to more normalised growth in 2025 and beyond.
Underpinning our confidence in long-term growth is the traction Fynapse continues to gain in the market, represented by
pipeline progression and the acceleration, and commitment by key partners, to jointly go-to-market, on their vision for AI
Autonomous Finance.

Graphics
Key Operational and Financial Highlights
4
The growth in higher quality, recurring revenues through Fynapse with its cloud native capabilities is also expected over the
medium term to generate a progressive margin benefit for the Group.
As announced separately today, the Group will be conducting a buyback programme of £20 million over a three-year period.
The Group’s target of incremental profitable growth is expected to drive higher returns for investors in line with the expected
growth of Fynapse. The Board view the buyback programme as providing an enhanced capital return to shareholders.
The expected growth through the combination of the opportunity with Fynapse, its partners, and existing clients, coupled
with carefully controlled investment is expected to generate improved returns for shareholders over the coming years.
Throughout this section:
1 Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) is the value of Aptitude’s recurring revenue at a specific point in time, normalised to a one-year period. ARR includes recurring revenues contracted
but yet to commence and excludes recurring revenues which are currently being received but are known to be terminating in the future. Included in ARR are recurring revenues from
the Group’s solution management services.
2 Constant Currency is calculated by comparing the 2023 results with 2022 results retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2023.
3 Recurring Revenue includes revenues from the Group’s solution management services.
4 Adjusted Operating Profit and Adjusted Operating Margin exclude non-underlying operating items, unless stated to the contrary. Further detail in respect of the non-underlying
operating items can be found within Note 2.
5 Net Funds represents cash and cash equivalents less finance obligations, which includes capital lease obligations and a loan.
Certain non-IFRS financial measures (e.g. Adjusted Operating Profit) are included which assist management in comparing performance on a consistent basis.

Graphics
Chairman’s Statement
5
Chairman’s Statement
Overview
2023 marked the transition to a new management team for Aptitude, with Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and Mike Johns,
Chief Financial Officer, both appointed in the year. Alex and Mike were both internal candidates, who have tenure with the
business and strong operational and market experience to support the business effectively. Their appointments reflect the
strength of Aptitude’s talent management and succession planning.
The team have acted swiftly since their appointments, realigning the Group’s strategy toward the Fynapse opportunity and key
strategic partnerships, refreshing the Senior Leadership Team and flattening and globalising the Group’s organisational structure.
The Fynapse platform enables clients to create a truly autonomous finance function, through the provision of a centralised finance
data cloud and a rich data foundation for the use of market leading AI tooling, and it is supported by modern engines that offer
accounting, subledger and calculation capabilities.
Fynapse will enable Aptitude to move from regulatory and compliance to a platform organisation.
Highlights in 2023 include:
The first, post charter client sale of Fynapse to a first new logo client with a multi-year subscription agreement
Meeting key market readiness for our Microsoft partnership with integration to Dynamics 365 and enablement on the Azure
cloud platform.
The go-live of the US telco charter client on Fynapse, providing the organisation with powerful insights, processing power and
significant cost efficiencies.
The new Senior Leadership Team will drive an increase in momentum which is reflected in a growing pipeline of Fynapse
opportunities and strategic alignment with partners on their vision for Autonomous Finance. This pipeline is further supported by
our partner community which provides confidence in the success of the platform over the coming years.
To execute on its strategy and key objectives Aptitude relies on the strength of its people, and I would like to thank our global
team for their hard work and dedication during a period of significant change for the Group. The Board is committed to enabling
a high-performance culture across Aptitude and supporting the further development of talent in the organisation.
Dividend and Share Buyback
The Board has proposed an unchanged final dividend of 3.60 pence per share (2022: 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend
of 5.40 pence per share for the year (2022: 5.40 pence). Subject to shareholder approval at the Group’s Annual General Meeting
on 14 May 2024, the proposed final dividend will be paid on 14 June 2024 to shareholders on the register at 24 May 2024.
As announced separately today Aptitude has commenced an on-market share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years
in line with the newly adopted capital allocation policy . The buyback programme is in accordance with the Group’s authority to
make market purchases of its own Ordinary Shares granted to it by shareholders on 17 May 2023.
Outlook
We believe the Group is well positioned to capitalise on the Fynapse opportunity. Fynapse’s speed of implementation, lower total
cost of ownership and flexibility compared with larger ERP products provide a strong foundation for the acceleration of recurring
revenue growth and a quicker benefit for our clients.
The strategic partnerships supporting Fynapse also provide Aptitude with the ability to sell through multiple channels to multiple
sectors, which in turn will drive a greater velocity of deals.
Additionally, the Group continues to carefully manage its other products against the macro-economic environment as increased
levels of churn continue to impact the Groups portfolio of products. This combined with the reduction in implementation
services revenues and lengthening of sales cycles will result in lower overall revenues in 2024. Profitability will be in line with the
performance in 2023 before returning to growth in 2025 and beyond.
Ivan Martin
Chairman
20 March 2024

Graphics
Chief Executive Officers Report
6
Chief Executive Officer’s Report
Strategic Focus and Organisational Progress
2023 represented a year of realignment for Aptitude and a refocus of the Group’s core strategic aims with Fynapse and strategic
partners. Underlying Aptitude’s historic success is the Group’s strength in accounting hub and compliance solutions, which provide
the organisation with the knowledge, skills, experience and credibility of delivering for the office of the CFO. This experience
based on our heritage provides the base for the exciting opportunity ahead with Fynapse, the Group’s intelligent finance data
management and accounting platform.

The AI Autonomous Finance opportunity
In the second half of 2023, the Board and Senior Leadership Team conducted a review of the business, which concluded that a
realignment and refocus of the organisation around the Fynapse and partner opportunity was required. This reflects the transition
away from selling compliance and regulatory software to being a platform organisation and being able to take advantage of the
significant AI Autonomous Finance market which Fynapse underpins. To support this transition, we have implemented a global
approach to go-to-market designed to drive momentum.
Fynapse underpins AI Autonomous Finance which is a self-learning and self-improving finance function, powered by interoperable
AI and cloud technologies. Autonomous Finance is a partner to the finance professional, advising on logical next steps and
recommendations based on real data and trends in their organisation. Autonomous Finance frees finance from repetition,
transforming the CFO office into a strategic and business enabler.
Investment levels have been maintained for eSuite, the Group’s subscription management solution. eSuite provides a mid-term
growth opportunity for the Group, including supplementing the opportunity presented by Fynapse through cross-sell activity and
the ability to support complex subscription accounting.
Investment levels across the Group’s compliance products have been managed to support the Group’s existing client base, with a
priority placed on client retention and a firm emphasis on the migration to Fynapse.
Organisational realignment to provide ability to realise the opportunity with Fynapse
To support the opportunity with Fynapse and partners, a new and refreshed Senior Leadership Team and associated flattened
organisational structure has been implemented across the Group. The new leadership structure includes specific accountable
individuals for Product and Technology, Growth, and Client Experience globally. This structure will enable a clear focus on growth,
client acquisition and help support to improved long-term retention across the regions the Group operates in. The Group’s Product
and Technology functions have also been recently combined supporting an end-to-end design and engineering approach.
Following the launch of the new strategy, the Group adopted a new set of organisational objectives and key results (‘OKRs’), which
are regularly monitored by the Board and SLT, and provide the clarity required to support organisational progress. The Group’s
primary objectives over the coming years will be to deliver the Fynapse growth opportunity, work towards reducing client churn
and scale the organisation through the strength of our key strategic partnerships.
Key Strategic Partners
Partnerships are the key foundation to Aptitude’s scalable growth, and it is a key priority for the Group to increase the proportion
of Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) generated through a more concentrated group of partners. Included within this group is a
big-4 accountancy firm, which has developed a managed service offering in partnership with Aptitude and Microsoft.
The opportunity for Fynapse is further expanded by the partnership with Microsoft. This partnership is expected to be an accelerator
of growth going forward and allows both Aptitude and Microsoft to present an end-to-end solution to prospects, providing a wider
opportunity for Fynapse. Fynapse is the only platform selected by Microsoft which provides subledger functionality to support
Dynamics 365. Aptitude has worked with Microsoft to roll out Fynapse sales training to Microsoft’s sales representatives. Microsoft
and Aptitude’s Autonomous Finance visions are complementary, and the AI functionality available in Microsoft’s platforms further
enable Fynapse’s capabilities and market opportunity for both organisations.

Graphics
7
Transitioning SaaS business model with enhanced profitability
The Group continues to target an acceleration in the growth of Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) driving an increase in recurring
revenues which currently represent 71% (2022: 68%) of overall revenue. The growth through Fynapse, both direct and through
partners, will generate higher quality recurring revenues as a result of the cloud native nature of the platform. The increase in
higher quality revenues is expected to generate an overall margin benefit to the Group, increased profitability and improved cash
conversion.
Software-as-a-Service (‘SaaS’) ARR now accounts for 46% (2022: 44%) of the Group’s total ARR. Fynapse, with its cloud native
capabilities is expected to enable higher margins to be achieved compared to the Group’s existing SaaS deployed products. The
transition to SaaS and improved quality of revenues will be a continuing process over the coming years and ultimately deliver a
stronger business.
Current spend on research and development is 24% of revenue (2022: 23%). The Group expenses all research and development
through the P&L as incurred, including the entire development of Fynapse.
The combination of growth in higher margin recurring revenues, the refocus of the Group’s go-to-market approach through
strategic partnerships with Microsoft and others, as well as a controlled and efficient overhead base will drive the increasing
profitability of the Group over the coming years.
Products and Services
The Group benefits from its experience of supporting the office of the CFO. The Group has aligned the product set around the
Fynapse growth opportunity and will support Aptitude’s shift from selling compliance and regulatory software to a platform
organisation underpinned by Fynapse.
AI Autonomous Finance and Finance Transformation
AI Autonomous Finance and finance transformation includes both the Fynapse platform and the Aptitude Accounting Hub (‘AAH’).
Aptitude’s vision for Autonomous Finance is of a self-learning, and self-improving, finance function, where tasks are optimized and
intelligent, systems are efficient and interoperable, and an enterprise-wide data platform supports real-time insights, enabling
finance to be a strategic and trusted advisor to the business.
Fynapse, the Group’s intelligent finance data management and accounting platform delivers on Autonomous Finance, with a cloud
native, highly performant and modular solution that not only serves operational and regulatory accounting requirements, but
also delivers a granular data fabric upon the extendable Fynapse data cloud. Fynapse provides the rich foundation for AI tooling,
enabling Aptitude’s clients to realise the efficiencies that may be achieved from emerging AI technologies and the Autonomous
Finance function.
The Fynapse platform enables the expansion of the go-to-market opportunity for Aptitude moving from compliance and regulations
to finance transformation and enabling organisations to create a truly autonomous finance function. It also provides organisations
and strategic partners with a differentiated alternative to the ERP vendors through its market leading support of AI for finance,
rapid implementation timelines, high volume processing and cutting-edge technology that supports real-time streaming.
Along with the overall Fynapse platform, the Group has initially developed the accounting rules and subledger engines which build
upon the successful AAH product and its significant pedigree to centralise, automate and manage operational, management and
regulatory accounting and posting into an extendable enterprise subledger.
Fynapse has a low total cost of ownership, with rapid implementation cycles, which make the platform commercially attractive to
a wide range of organisations varying in size and sector.
The Group continues strategic investment in Fynapse, with an increasing proportion of overall research and development spend
directed toward the platform. The overall cost of our investment in Fynapse increased in 2023 to £6.1 million (2022: £4.9 million)
all of which is expensed. The platform nature of Fynapse provides options for the Group in the mid-term, either through the
development of new engines with additional functionality, or through strategic acquisitions of supporting functionality.
The Group’s strategic focus is the successful execution against the Fynapse opportunity through partnerships, direct sales, and
conversions from the existing client base.
The Group signed a strategic partnership with Microsoft in December 2022 to deeply integrate the Fynapse platform with
Microsoft Dynamics 365 and operate on the Microsoft Azure cloud platform, which has been completed in 2023. The partnership
allows both Aptitude and Microsoft to present a combined end-to-end solution to prospects, increasing competitiveness against
vendors providing single stack functionality, as well as strengthening Microsoft’s competitive position. The Group’s vision for Al

Graphics
Chief Executive Officers Report
8
Autonomous Finance is complementary with Microsoft’s investments in AI across its offerings and will further benefit the Fynapse
platform and Aptitude’s clients.
The Group’s charter client was an existing AAH user, and a significant opportunity exists in migrating the Group’s current AAH
clients to Fynapse, presenting both an upsell opportunity as well as a retention tool. Fynapse will also allow a simplified cross-sell
opportunity as additional engine functionality is developed on the platform.
The first new logo direct sale of Fynapse was achieved in 2023 with the sale achieved in a new market for Aptitude, demonstrating
the breadth of the opportunity with the platform. The Group looks ahead to 2024 with growing pipeline momentum and an
increasingly referenceable offering to prospects.
AAH is the Group’s established product which centralises and automates finance, accounting and reporting processes, creating a
deep level of operational intelligence for our clients. It also delivers a consolidated, yet highly granular, single view of financial data
which enhances business insights to assist decision making.
Subscription Management
eSuite, Aptitude’s subscription management tool, is a modular, cloud based end-to-end SaaS solution for large, international,
enterprise customers. The application is targeted towards the subscription economy and provides identity management, CRM,
automated billing, payment processing, and churn management capabilities, enabling businesses to acquire, monetise and
optimise customers subscriptions.
While macroeconomic conditions have had a short-term effect on the predominantly media and publishing dominated eSuite
client base, the Group is confident in the mid-term growth opportunity for eSuite. As a result, investment levels in eSuite have
been maintained to further strengthen functionality, minimise churn and position the product well as macroeconomic conditions
improve. The Group will take a targeted go-to-market approach, prioritising the key media and publishing sectors in line with
eSuite’s strengths.
Compliance Suite
The compliance suite includes the Aptitude Insurance Calculation Engine (“AICE”), Aptitude RevStream (“AREV”), the Aptitude
Revenue Recognition Engine (“ARRE”), the Aptitude Lease Accounting Engine (“ALAE”), Aptitude Calculate (“AC”) and the Aptitude
Platform (“APT”).
The Group has achieved significant historical success with its suite of compliance products. The products have generated a sizeable
amount of Annual Recurring Revenue and demonstrated Aptitude’s strength and credibility in serving the office of the CFO.
Aptitude’s target for the compliance suite is in maintaining client satisfaction, minimising client churn and cross-selling Fynapse.
The Group will take an opportunistic go-to-market approach and establish investment at appropriate levels to underpin client
satisfaction.
Assure and Implementation Services
Aptitude Assure is a solution management services offering resourced from Aptitude’s innovation centre in Poland. This service
extends the responsibilities of Aptitude beyond traditional software maintenance services to include those that have typically
been performed by the clients’ own teams. Beyond extended solution support, Assure includes release management, processing
support, client enablement, and solution optimisation through the monitoring of system performance, solution health checks,
and office hours for expert advisory. Clients with Assure allow the Group to support client adoption of new product features as
offerings evolve and will be of particular importance to Fynapse clients as the product further evolves in future. Assure services are
higher margin than traditional implementation services, recurring, and are provided at a lower cost of ownership for the Group’s
clients.
Aptitude also provides implementation services to its clients, with the scale of such services depending on the nature of the
application, the size of the opportunity and the balance of responsibilities between Aptitude and its partners. The Group’s services
are provided by a significant pool of highly skilled individuals, providing deep domain, technical and functional expertise which is
highly valued by our clients and provide a differentiator compared to our competitors.
The business continues to expand the enablement of its partner network to facilitate their ability to implement Aptitude’s product
suite reliably and efficiently. While it is expected that this enablement will lead to a greater proportion of services being provided
by partners, it will also increase the velocity of software through those partnerships. The Group is committed to retaining a
high-quality delivery capability in line with client demand to support its clients and partners.

Graphics
9
Growth and Client Success
The foundation of Aptitude’s strategy for growth is the Fynapse platform. Fynapse presents by far the largest addressable market
for all of the Group’s products, and as such the Group is restructuring and refocusing its go-to-market and product investment in
delivering on this opportunity.
The Group has recently appointed a Chief Revenue Officer to drive a consistent global approach to growth, including expanding
Aptitude’s successful approach with partners in the US out to other regions. The Group has also adopted a focused go-to-market
approach centred on a select number of regions, sectors, and partners in line with the opportunity in those areas.
Also fundamental to Aptitude’s growth is the retention of our client base. Gross ARR churn for 2023 was 10% (2022: 7%), with
the higher than usual rate affected by the macroeconomic environment, which impacted the Group’s predominantly Technology,
Media and Telecoms client base in eSuite, AREV and ARRE disproportionately. Mitigation of the gross churn rate is a critical priority
in 2024, and the Group has implemented several initiatives, including the acceleration of investment in key product functionality
and the enhancement of a data led client health process to assist in churn that has continued.
The Group has also appointed a Chief Client Experience Officer, with ownership of all key touchpoints for a client during their life
with Aptitude. The appointment of this end-to-end and globalised role increases organisational visibility and speed in addressing
client needs and concerns.
People and Locations
Aptitude has office locations across the UK, US, Poland, Singapore, Australia and Canada, and the Group’s two technology centres
are based in Poland and the north-west of England. The Group’s presence in Poland continues to generate cost advantages for
Aptitude. The Group has recently appointed a Chief Product and Technology Officer to provide end-to-end accountability for
the design and build of Aptitude’s products and enhance collaboration across the Product and Technology teams based across
multiple regions.
Aptitude targets a high-performance culture, where individuals can achieve their potential in support of the Group’s objectives.
Supported by a newly refocused People and Culture team, the Group regularly assesses employees on a performance and potential
basis, with an aim to invest in and develop key talent. Through this assessment, the Group is able to retain and develop key talent
in support of succession planning, actively manage lower performers to a better outcome and increase efficiency.
Overall headcount decreased 10% to 472 (31 December 2022: 527). The reduction in headcount is a result of cost reduction
action taken in 2023 as a result of the final elements of the eSuite integration and organisational restructuring in support of the
refocused strategy. The new structure is flatter, with a reduced management layer, and more efficient. Of the total headcount,
281 (2022: 296) are based at the innovation centres and working on the design, implementation, and support of the Group’s
products. The Group continues to monitor headcount closely, with future roles hired in line with revenue opportunity.
Aptitude takes diversity and inclusion very seriously, especially in relation to reward. The Group intends to implement structural
processes to ensure fairness in approach to promotions and compensation in 2024. Additionally, the Group is continuing the
Women in Leadership initiative to help attract a diverse range of talent to its leadership roles.
Capital Allocation Policy
Aptitude aims to deliver high returns to shareholders through targeting sustainable profit growth and strong free cash flow. The
Group invests in developing its business driven by the opportunity with Fynapse, while maintaining robust liquidity to manage the
working capital cycle. Aptitude’s capital allocation priorities are as follows
Managing working capital The first priority of the Group is to maintain sufficient cash reserves to manage the annual
working capital cycle, while maintaining appropriate levels of net funds. A level of net cash no less than 1.5 x adjusted EBITDA
is the Group’s stated minimum.
Investment for organic growth – The Group continues to invest in the organic growth of the business including the need to
continue to invest in our people and technology and through capital expenditure where required.
Maintenance of the Group’s progressive dividend The Group is committed to provide progressive dividends to shareholders,
and this remains the preferred ongoing method to return cash to shareholders without impacting on the investment required
to grow the business
Enhanced returns to shareholders – As the Group continues to generate excess cash after the above priorities, the Group will
look to make enhanced returns to shareholders

Graphics
Chief Executive Officers Report
10
As announced separately today Aptitude has commenced an on-market share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years
in line with the newly adopted capital allocation policy. The buyback programme is in accordance with the Group’s authority to
make market purchases of its own Ordinary Shares granted to it by shareholders on 17 May 2023.
While the above framework is intended to guide decision making for the allocation of capital, the Board may choose to exercise
discretion in its application should there be a business requirement.
With the focused strategy, organisational realignment activities combined with a new leadership team, I am confident that
Aptitude will capitalise on the significant AI Autonomous Finance market opportunity, that is sponsored by our strategic partners.
This will result in a stronger underlying business and higher quality revenues for the Group through Fynapse.
Alex Curran
Chief Executive Officer
20 March 2024

Graphics
Group Financial Performance
11
Group Financial Performance
Revenue
Recurring Revenues
Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) grew by 2% on a constant currency basis in the year to £51.1 million at 31 December 2023
(31 December 2022: £50.2 million, restated for the prevailing exchange rate at 31 December 2023).
ARR is the key financial metric for the Group. Included within ARR are Aptitude’s annual licence fees and maintenance for its
on-premise clients, subscription fees for the Group’s SaaS clients and revenues from its Solution Management Service offering
(‘Aptitude Assure’), this offering contributed ARR at 31 December 2023 of £5.0 million (31 December 2022: £4.3 million).
Net Retention Rate in the year was 98% (2022: 102%), (measured by the total value of on-going ARR at the year-end from clients
in place at the start of the year as a percentage of the opening ARR from those clients on a constant currency basis. The Group
benefitted from standard inflationary clauses within the majority of its contracts, however, continuing churn, predominantly in
Subscription, Billing and Revenue Management, reduced the benefit of these increases.
Recurring revenues recognised in 2023 increased by 6% to £53.4 million (2022: £50.5 million), representing growth of 6%. Recurring
revenues are a strategic priority for the Group and now represent 71% of overall revenue (2022: 68%). A key part of the Group’s
strategy is to increase this percentage whilst maximising the growth rate of Aptitude’s ARR, increasing both the overall quality of
revenue and operating margin.
Non-Recurring Revenue
Non-recurring revenue, comprised of implementation services, software development and non-recurring software fees which
totalled £21.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: £23.9 million) representing an 11% reduction. The reduction in
non-recurring revenues is in line with the Group’s expectation as it works more closely with its partners in this area.
Research & Development Expenditure
Total expenditure on product management, research & development increased 5% in the year ended 31 December 2023 to
£17.8 million (2022: £17.0 million). Research & development costs represent 24% of revenue for the year ended 31 December
2023 (2022: 23%). The Group will carefully monitor research & development spend and ensure that investment is only made in
line with the revenue opportunity.
The Board has continued to prudently determine that none of the internal research & development costs incurred during the year
meet the criteria for capitalisation. Consequently, these have been expensed as incurred through the income statement.
Operating Profit and Margins
Adjusted Operating Profit for the year ended 31 December 2023 was in line with expectations at £9.7 million (2022: £7.5 million).
Adjusted Operating Margin increased to 13% (2022: 10%) following the completion of the integration of the MPP Global acquisition
and other cost action taken in the year. Operating profit on a statutory basis was £5.3 million (2022: £3.7 million).
In addition to the cost action outlined above, the Group’s evolving revenue mix towards higher recurring revenue generated an
incremental margin benefit. The continued success of Fynapse, with its cloud-native capabilities, is expected to further enhance
margins.
Foreign Exchange
With 50% (2022: 42%) of the Group’s revenues being generated from North American clients, the majority of which are invoiced
in US Dollars, the financial results are impacted by changes in the US dollar exchange rate. Aptitude’s 2022 revenue and Adjusted
Operating Profit would have been reported at £74.2 million and £7.7 million respectively on a constant currency basis (compared
to actual result of £74.4 million and £7.5 million). Constant currency is calculated by comparing the 2023 results with 2022 results
retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2023.
Non-Underlying Items
Non-underlying items of £4.4 million (2022: £3.8 million) are principally related to the £0.8 million (2022: £0.4 million) of final
integration costs incurred on the MPP Global acquisition, £0.2m of restructuring costs and intangible amortisation of £3.4 million
(2022: £3.4 million).

Graphics
Group Financial Performance
12
Taxation
The total tax charge before adjusting for the impact of non-underlying and other sundry items of £1.8 million (2022: £1.5 million)
represents 18.83% of the Group’s profit before tax (2022: 21.08%).
Statutory Results
The Group reported a profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of £4.1 million (2022: £2.6 million).
Earnings per Share
Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share increased by 37% to 13.6 pence (2022: 9.9 pence) and Basic Earnings per Share increased 60%
to 7.2 pence (2022: 4.5 pence).
Dividend
A final ordinary dividend of 3.60 pence per share is proposed (2022: 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend of 5.40 pence
per share for the year (2022: 5.40 pence).
Balance Sheet
The Group continues to have a strong balance sheet with net assets at 31 December 2023 of £60.3 million (2022: £60.5 million).
Cash at 31 December 2023 was £34.1 million (31 December 2022: £29.2 million) and net funds of £22.7 million (31 December 2022:
£15.9 million). Trade receivables (net) at 31 December 2023 increased to £10.3 million (2022: £9.7 million) of which £5.0 million
(2022: £4.1 million) were overdue for payment at the year end. Of these overdue balances £3.6 million has been collected at
18 March 2024. DSO (debtor days) increased to 53 at 31 December 2023 (2022: 44). The growth in the Group’s Annual Recurring
Revenue resulted in deferred income at 31 December 2023 increasing to £31.5 million (2022: £29.6 million).
Mike Johns
Chief Financial Officer
20 March 2024

Graphics
Non-Financial and Sustainability
Information Statement
13
Non-Financial and Sustainability
The following chart summarises where you can find further information on each of the key areas of disclosure required by S414C
and s414CB of the Companies Act 2006.
Related Group policies Related principal risks Page
Environmental matters – Health, safety & environment Environmental, social and
governance
30
Employees – Security
– People
– People and performance 27
Social matters – Charitable contributions & social sponsorships Environmental, social and
governance
30
Human rights – People
– Human rights
– People and performance
– Geopolitical risk
Environmental, social and
governance
27, 30
Anti-bribery and corruption – Anti-bribery & corruption Environmental, social and
governance
30
Non-financial key performance indicators allow us to assess progress against objectives and monitor the development and
performance of specific areas of the business. These are set out on page 51.
Further information on Group policies can be found on aptitudesoftware.com.
Full details of the Group’s principal risks can be found on pages 27 to 30.
Disclosures based on the principles of Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) are detailed on
pages 23 to 26.
Disclosures relating to the gender diversity of the Group can be found on page 15.

Graphics
Responsible Business Report
14
Aptitude recognises that it has an important role in creating value for all of its stakeholders, including employees, customers
and shareholders. Operating responsibly is a key factor in driving this value creation over the longer term. All members of the
Board, together with senior management and the Company Secretary, take an active role in shaping and monitoring the Group’s
environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities.
Culture and Values
The Group’s core purpose is to provide software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance to enable its clients to drive growth,
efficiency and sustainability. This purpose is at the heart of the Group’s stated strategy, vision, mission and corporate values, and
is clearly articulated throughout the business. It would not be possible for the Group to achieve this purpose without intelligent,
highly skilled and motivated employees. During 2023, we have sought to implement across the business a high-performance
culture, marked by unwavering dedication to achieving exceptional results through clear goals, accountability, and a commitment
to continuous improvement that influences all our actions. We have also defined the key attitudes which underpin this culture,
namely ‘win together’, ‘embrace challenge’, ‘own it’ and ‘client & partner driven’. The key attitudes which underpin the culture
of the organisation are embedded in objectives and key results (“OKRs”) at all levels and feature in the Group’s employee reward
and recognition processes.
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
The Group is strongly committed to encouraging equality, diversity and inclusion among our workforce, and eliminating
discrimination. Everyone is welcome at Aptitude and we encourage our team members to bring their whole selves to work. Our
people are champions of creating a culture of belonging, support and trust and we work with others who are aligned with these
values.
We aim for our teams to be truly representative of all sections of society and to ensure that our clients, partners and employees
feel they belong, that they’re respected and able to always present their authentic self. The Board is mindful of the aims of the
Parker Review, the McGregor Smith Review and the FCA Listing Rules recommendation on ethnic diversity, which aim to improve
ethnic diversity on Boards. However, we acknowledge that currently our Board does not comply with the recommendations and
we recognise that there is always more we can do. This principle of diversity is strongly supported by the Board, who recognise
that diversity in its broadest sense, approach and experience are important considerations as part of the selection criteria used to
assess candidates to achieve a balanced Board.
We have a zero-tolerance approach against intentional discrimination by anyone at Aptitude. We also expect the same approach
from our clients, partners, suppliers and in our communities.
We believe that everyone has a voice at Aptitude and together our diverse voices fuel the very best innovation that is celebrated
and admired by others. Creating a culture of belonging, support and trust positively impacts everyone at Aptitude, and we work
with clients and partners who share the same values.
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion matters to the Group because it enables us to:
better understand and meet the needs of our clients, placing us ahead of the competition;
attract and retain the very best people, supporting them to flourish and fully contribute at work; and
build on different perspectives and experience to continuously improve and excel at what we do.
The Group’s policies remain consistent with the requirements of the Universal Declaration on Human Rights and the spirit of the
International Labour Organisation’s core labour standards.
The Group has in place a Diversity and Inclusion SteerCo, which is sponsored by the Chief Executive Officer and comprises of
employees across our countries of operation. The Diversity and Inclusion SteerCo is focused on driving initiatives to promote the
importance of diversity and inclusion across the Aptitude business.
During 2023, the SteerCo focused on initiatives around celebrating women leaders in the organisation, Black History month and
Pride month. These initiatives included hosting Women in Leadership forums, which is designed to support women and increase
their presence in leadership roles within Aptitude, and Pride Tribes, which allow small groups of women to come together regularly
for peer-to-peer mentorship.
In 2024, further activities are planned to celebrate women leaders within the Group. We plan to continue our efforts to increase
representation and further embed inclusive behaviours into our ways of working. As part of our plan, our ambition is to further
break down barriers to entry and progression. Through increased focus on career development paths, transparent leadership
development frameworks, and education, we can ensure our employees have a sense of belonging and can bring their whole
Graphics
15
selves to the workplace. We give our employees opportunities to grow and contribute, allowing us to strengthen the talent
pipeline into leadership positions which will ensure our long-term sustainable growth.
Gender diversity
The following table reports on the gender diversity of the Group’s employees on 31 December 2023:
Board Executive Management Total Workforce
2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Men 2 (2 senior positions*) 3 (3 senior positions*) 8 6 318 368
Women 3 (2 senior positions*) 2 (1 senior position*) 2 4 147 159
Not specified/
prefer not to say
7
Total employees 5 5 10 10 472 527
Men % 40% 60% 80% 60% 67% 70%
Women % 60% 40% 20% 40% 31% 30%
*Senior positions are defined under Listing Rule 9 Annex 2 as CEO, CFO, SID and Chair
As of 31 December 2023, the Board comprised two male Directors (40%) and three female Directors (60%). The Group’s executive
management consisted of eight men (80%) and two women (20%). Top leadership has been defined as members of the Senior
Leadership Team and Extended Senior Leadership Team as these individuals have responsibility for planning, directing and
controlling the activities of the Group. Across the overall business 31% of our workforce (147 employees) identified as women,
67% (318 employees) identified as men, and 2% (7 employees) preferred not to self-describe. This ratio is mainly due to the higher
proportion of males in some parts of our business. We recognise that the software industry traditionally attracts more male than
female employees; therefore, a continuing focus going forward will be to look at opportunities to highlight Aptitude, and the
software industry as a whole, as an attractive career choice for women. We are keen supporters of the Women in Tech initiative.
The Board is pleased to confirm that, as at 31 December 2023, it complies with the FCA Listing Rules and FTSE Women Leaders
Review’s recommendations that the Board consists of at least 40% women and that at least one of its top leadership roles is held
by a woman (Alex Curran is the Chief Executive Officer and Barbara Moorhouse is the Senior Independent Director).
The Group has not set itself quantitative targets to increase the gender diversity of its Board and senior management and all
appointments will ultimately be made on merit. Every effort is, and will continue to be, made to attract a gender diverse pool of
candidates for any senior appointments in order to support and encourage female representation in the Group’s leadership team
in future years.
Gender pay gap reporting
As the Group has fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom, it is not required to publish a gender pay gap report. However,
the Group has internal processes to ensure that salary levels and salary increases are fair and comparable for male and female
employees in equivalent roles. These processes are overseen by the Executive Directors for the wider workforce, and by the
Remuneration Committee for senior management.
The Group undertook a further gender pay gap analysis in 2023, which showed the Group’s gender pay gap across the Group’s
main countries of operation to be in line with and, in some cases, better than its peer group. The Board does not feel that voluntary
publication of the Group’s gender pay gap will provide meaningful disclosure.
Broader diversity
The Group is committed to understanding the diversity of its workforce beyond gender representation. Aptitude must adhere
to regional requirements in terms of how this data is collected and used, and this includes obtaining express permissions from
employees in certain countries. The regional distribution of the Group’s employees as at 31 December 2023 was as follows: Poland
55%; United Kingdom 27%; North America 13%; Singapore 2%; other regions 3%.
This year, the Board and senior management is pleased to be voluntarily disclose information relating to the ethnicity and
disability diversity of the Board and its top leadership team. Nine members responded that they had no disabilities. Four members
confirmed that they preferred not to say whether they had any disabilities.
Graphics
Responsible Business Report
16
The following table reports on the ethnic diversity of the Board and executive management on 31 December 2023:
Board
Executive
management
White British or other White (including minority-white groups) 5 (100%) (3 senior positions*) 9 (90%)
Other - (0%) - (0%)
Not specified/prefer not to say - (0%) 1 (10%)
*Senior positions are defined under Listing Rule 9 Annex 2 as CEO, CFO, SID and Chair
The Board acknowledges that it doesn't currently include a director from an ethnic background. Any future appointments to the
Board will continue to be made on merit, taking into account the specific skills and experience, independence and knowledge
needed to ensure a rounded Board and the diverse benefits each candidate can bring to the overall Board composition. The
Nomination Committee will continue to proactively seek to access and attract a diverse pool of candidates for consideration
during the recruitment process.
Employee Health and Wellbeing
At Aptitude we strive to reduce the stigma related to mental ill health. During the 2023, we increased our focus on mental
health. This included open conversations, planned campaigns at country and global level, communications from senior leaders
and engagement with elected employee representatives. We also collaborated with a specialist neuro-psychologist to develop
and deliver a tailored live stream stress management programme for Mental Health Week. The programme was designed to build
and maintain a culture that promotes good mental health practices and provide practical steps to reducing the risks of as well as
managing stress and burnout.
Our Employee Assistance Programme continues to offer employees free, confidential advice and counselling around the clock on
personal, emotional, and work-life issues.
We know that our people thrive when they feel empowered. We recognise that flexibility means different things to different
people and have taken a progressive and inclusive approach to flexible working. However we also recognise the importance of
interaction and collaboration, and have designed our office spaces accordingly.
Engagement with Suppliers, Customers and other Business Partners
The Group proactively engages with its suppliers, clients, and other business partners on a regular basis, to ensure that relationships
function effectively and support the long-term success of the Group. Details of how the Group undertakes this engagement can
be found in the Section 172 statement on pages 20 to 22.
Business Ethics
At Aptitude, we have well-established processes to drive ethical business behaviours across the organisation and in our interactions
with all our stakeholders. This includes a suite of policies to support strong ethical behaviour in our conduct with each other, our
customers and all of our stakeholders.
Aptitude considers that paying tax is part of our corporate responsibility and our contribution in taxes is one of the ways in which
we help to build and sustain the economy. Aptitude’s tax affairs are overseen by the Audit Committee and monitored by the
Board. The Group is committed to ensuring that it pays the appropriate level of taxes, in line with the generation of economic
value, in all regions in which it operates. The Group has robust oversight processes on taxation, working with its advisors to ensure
responsible compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
Environment
As a supplier of software solutions, the Group has no manufacturing facilities and its premises exclusively comprise of office spaces.
Any obsolete office equipment and computers are resold or recycled to the extent practicable. The Group has recycling facilities
in all its offices and use of waste paper is minimised by promoting a paperless process and downloadable software products. The
Group recognises that its activities should be carried out in an environmentally friendly manner and therefore aims to:
comply with relevant environmental legislation;
reduce waste and, where practicable, re-use and recycle consumables;
dispose of non-recyclable items in an environmentally friendly manner;
minimise the consumption of energy and resources in the Group’s operations; and
Graphics
17
reduce the environmental impact of the Group’s activities and where possible increase the procurement of environmentally
friendly products.
While not within the Group’s immediate control, the Group also takes into consideration the environmental credentials of data
centres and providers of Cloud services when selecting key suppliers.
Energy and Carbon Reporting
The Group is committed to monitoring and reducing its emissions year-on-year and is aware of its reporting obligations under The
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018.
2023 performance
The Group calculates its environmental impact across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions sources. Emissions are presented on both a
location and market basis. On a location basis our Scope 1 and 2 emissions are 163 tCO
2
e (2022: 160 tCO
2
e), with an increase in
natural gas usage being offset by a decrease in electricity usage. Scope 3 emissions are 2,324 tCO
2
e (2022: 3,227 tCO
2
e), a 28%
reduction year-on-year, largely down to a reduction in business travel during the year. The Group calculates and tracks emission
intensity metrics (Scope 1 and 2 Location Based) on a revenue basis. Emissions of 2.2 tCO
2
e per £1,000,000 turnover are reported
for 2023.
2023 reporting methodology
This section has been prepared for the reporting period of 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 using the reporting period of
January 2022 to December 2022 for comparison, as well as including the greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions from 2018 to 2022 as
a point of reference.
The Group has defined its organisational boundary using an operational control approach. The Group’s figures include all sites,
excluding data for the Sydney office, on the basis that the site was acquired in late 2023 on a short-term service contract. To
allow comparison, we have restated our 2022 emissions to include the previously excluded Warrington office as well as including
improved data from our Poland office. For transparency purposes, we were unable to obtain verifiable energy usage data from our
Manchester office and have therefore had to use estimated figures.
GHG emissions have been calculated from business activities in accordance with the principles and requirements of the World
Resources Institute (WRI) GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised version) and Environmental
Reporting Guidelines: Including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting requirements (March 2019). We are reporting our
Scope 3 emissions for the first time this year, with guidance from the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting
and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Technical Guidance for Calculating Scope 3 Emissions, as required. In line with
the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, we continue to review our reporting in light of any changes in business structure, calculation
methodology and the accuracy or availability of data. Scope 3 emissions have been calculated using a hybrid approach with both
the average data method and spend data method employed. Emissions have been calculated using the appropriate conversion
factors (e.g. DEFRA 2023 and IEA 2023).
Graphics
Responsible Business Report
18
Emissions and energy usage from 2018 to 2023
Global emissions tCO
2
e
1
Emissions source 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Group YOY
Natural gas 55 53 33 31 29
5
80 179%
Company cars
2
1 2 2 2 0 0 na.
Refrigerant 4 21 3 0 0 0 na.
Total Scope 1 60 76 38 33 29
5
80 179%
Scope 2 (Location based) 418 444 321 252 131
5
83 -37%
Scope 2 (Market based) 568 366 306 178
5
115 -35%
Total Scope 1 + 2 Location based 478 520 359 285 160
5
163 2%
Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based 644 404 339 206
5
195 -6%
Total Scope 3 3,227
5
2,324 -28%
Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Location based 3,387
5
2,486 -27%
Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Market based 3,434
5
2,518 -27%
Intensity metric, £m turnover 57.3 59.3 74.4 74.7
Normaliser, tCO
2
e per £m turnover 6.3 4.8 2.1
5
2.2 1%
Total Energy Usage (kWh)
4
676,626 416,628
5
615,680 48%
2022 – 2023 Scope 1 and 2 emissions and energy usage comparison
Global Scope 1 and 2 emissions tCO
2
e
1
Emissions source FY 2022 FY 2023
UK
Global
ex UK UK
Global
ex UK
UK
YOY
Global
ex UK YOY
Group
YOY
Natural gas 2 27
5
0 80 -96% 198% 179%
Company cars
2
N/A N/A N/A
Refrigerant
3
N/A N/A N/A
Total Scope 1 2 27
5
0 80 -96% 198% 179%
Scope 2 (Location based) 13 118
5
11 72 -17% -39% -37%
Scope 2 (Market based) 23 155
5
19 96 -19% -38% -35%
Total
Scope
1
+
2
Location
based
15 145
5
11 152 -27% 5% 2%
Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based 25 182
5
19 176 -25% -3% -6%
Total Energy Usage (kWh)
4
75,643 340,984
5
51,391 564,289 -32% 65% 48%
1 These figures are in CO
2
e including GHGs in addition to carbon dioxide and are partially based on the country-specific CO
2
emission factors developed by the International Energy
Agency, © OECD/IEA 2023 but the resulting work has been prepared by Aptitude and does not necessarily reflect the views of the International Energy Agency.
2 During 2023 the Group had no company cars in use.
3 No refrigerants were consumed in 2023 (this having been at the discretion of the landlord of the Group’s leased offices during 2023).
4 Energy reporting includes kWh from Scope 1 and Scope 2, converting units of measure into kWh if required.
5 Restated – see section on 2023 reporting methodology.
Graphics
19
Scope 3 Emissions
During the year we conducted our first full assessment of our value chain emissions, using data from 2022 and then updating
our footprint for this year. Our evaluation confirmed that our value chain emissions are significantly greater than our operational
carbon footprint, with our Scope 3 emissions accounting for around 90% of our total emissions. The calculation of emissions for
our key Scope 3 sources is:
Business travel using the distance travelled and mode of travel we calculate the emissions associated with our business
travel. Emissions factors from DEFRA 2023 were used.
Purchased goods and services we used purchased data on the amount of spend of services purchased by the Company.
EEIO factors were applied to financial spend categories using a spend-based analysis. We included primary data from our
supplier on our key data centres when they were available e.g. AWS and Azure.
Scope 3 Emissions tCO
2
e
Category Status 2023 2022 Group YOY
1. Purchased goods and services Relevant, calculated 900 1,070 -16%
2. Capital goods Relevant, calculated 197 243 -19%
3. Fuel-and-energy-related activities (not included in Scope 1 or 2) Relevant, calculated 35 39
5
-10%
4. Upstream transportation and distribution Not applicable
5. Waste Generated in Operations Immaterial
6. Business Travel Relevant, calculated 1,165 1,811 -36%
7. Employee Commuting Relevant, calculated 26 64 -59%
8. Upstream Leased Assets Not applicable
Total upstream Scope 3 2,346 3,251 -28%
9. Downstream Transportation and Distribution Not applicable
10. Processing of Sold Products Not applicable
11. Use of Sold Products Not applicable
12. End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products Not applicable
13. Downsteam Leased Assets Not applicable
14. Franchises Not applicable
15. Investments Not applicable
Total Downstream Scope 3
Total Scope 3 2,324 3,227
1
-28%
1 Restated – see section on 2023 reporting methodology
Graphics
Engagement with the Group’s
Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)
20
The needs of our stakeholders and the consequences of any decision in the long term are taken into consideration by the Board
when carrying out their role. The different interests of stakeholders are considered in the business decisions we make across the
Group and are reinforced by the Board. In performing their duties during the year, the Directors have had regard for the matters
set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, namely, to promote the success of the Company for its members as
a whole and in doing so having regard to amongst other matters:
the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
the interests of employees;
the need to foster business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
the impact of operations on the community and environment;
the desirability of maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.
This duty underpins the Board’s decision-making processes and the Group’s strategic direction, with due consideration given to
the long-term impact of decisions on shareholders, employees, customers and wider stakeholders. Practical measures that the
Board takes to engage with the different stakeholder groups and ensure their interests are reflected in decision making are set
out in this section.
Workforce engagement
Our people are key to the long-term development of our business. Their engagement and motivation is vital to us fulfilling our
purpose, living our values, protecting our culture, and delivering our strategic objectives. The Board is fully committed to ensuring
that the opinions of employees across all counties and business areas are regularly sought and factored into its decision-making
process. Barbara Moorhouse is the designated independent Non-Executive Director with responsibility for overseeing wider
workforce engagement, and employees are able to raise any concerns with her.
The Group has put in place extensive measures to engage with its employees. Through these engagement activities the Board is
able to gather opinions and ideas from the wider workforce, identify any communication gaps or common areas of concern and
address these through the Group’s activities.
The Board receives regular reports on employee matters from the Group’s People & Culture team, including information relating
to employee satisfaction and engagement, recruitment, retention and training and development.
During 2023, the Board engaged with the workforce through onsite visits to the Group’s offices, including all employee face-to-
face engagement sessions, one-to-one sessions with Senior Leadership Team members, receipt of presentations and reports from
senior management at Board meetings and day-to-day engagement outside of these formal settings.
The Board took into consideration the interests and viewpoints of employees when developing the revised strategy and in
approving changes to senior leadership and the organisation structure. A key part of the organisational and strategic changes has
been the implementation of an objectives and key results (“OKR”) framework for the Group. This work, overseen by the Chief
Executive Officer, Alex Curran, has resulted in the implementation of a clear basis for communicating expectations and measuring
individual, team and organisational performance. There are regular ‘All Hands’ communication sessions held to discuss progress
against OKRs and other matters.
Shareholder engagement
The Board engages with institutional shareholders on the annual and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy
and governance via a combination of in person meetings and video conference meetings. Regular updates are provided to the
Board on the views of the Group’s major investors and these are factored into the Board’s decision-making process and when
providing market communication.
All shareholders are encouraged to submit questions prior to the Annual General Meeting and to lodge their votes ahead of
the meeting to ensure that these are counted. The Annual Report is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the
Annual General Meeting and each issue for consideration at the Annual General Meeting is proposed as a separate resolution. All
Directors generally attend the Annual General Meeting.
During 2023, the Group communicated directly with its major investors on the proposed changes to its Executive Directors,
enhancement of strategy and to conclude the consultation on the renewal of its Remuneration Policy, which was subsequently
approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. The Board took into consideration the interests and viewpoints of
its shareholders when developing the enhanced strategy and in approving changes to Executive Directors.
Graphics
21
The Board ensures that the Group’s shareholders are treated equally and fairly, regardless of the size of their shareholding or their
status as a private or institutional shareholder. The Group provides clear and timely communications to all shareholders in their
chosen communication medium, as well as via the Group’s website and via a Regulatory News Service. All holders of Ordinary
Shares are eligible to receive dividend payments and to vote at general meetings of the Company.
Client engagement
The Group is proactive in engaging directly with its clients to monitor and continually improve its service delivery and client
satisfaction. The Board receives monthly reports on client-related matters, including support ticket levels, services delivery and
client health reports, which enable it to identify any trends or any areas requiring specific oversight or investment. In the event
that any concerns are raised by clients, the Group ensures that these are addressed swiftly and that proactive engagement occurs
to ensure high standards of service delivery are maintained.
The Group seeks direct engagement with clients through regular Client Advisory Boards and these directly inform its product
development and innovation strategies. The Group also holds CFO forums for prospective and existing clients to actively engage
in wide-ranging discussions around pertinent issues, and publishes its Digital CFO magazine offering expert commentary around
similar issues. Feedback received from clients through these forums and through regular day-to-day interaction with the Group’s
client-facing teams were used to inform the Board’s decision making process during the year, specifically in relation to the
appointment of a Chief Client Experience Officer with overall responsibility for the end-to-end client life cycle, the tightening of
client health processes and targeted product investment.
Strategic partner engagement
The Group works with a range of leading organisations to deliver long-term value to its clients, including advisory, consulting,
integration and technology providers that bring complementary services and solutions to its client base. The Group engages
with its partners through regular product and thought leadership briefings and a comprehensive sales and delivery enablement
program. The Board actively encourages feedback from the Group’s partner firms on the quality of its services and products to
support continuous improvement.
During the year, the Board approved the globalisation of the Partnership team and oversaw further development of Aptitude’s
strategic partnership with Microsoft. The Group has engaged directly with Microsoft to enable the achievement of key market
readiness for Fynapse through a full integration to Microsoft Dynamics 365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform.
Supplier engagement
The Group engages closely with its suppliers and has internal procedures to ensure that appropriate due diligence is undertaken
on these firms. Suppliers are chosen according to their ability to meet the Group’s own high standards and to demonstrate values
that are consistent with those of the Group. Regular engagement takes place with key suppliers, monitoring their performance
against contractual obligations and providing regular feedback in order to foster and support long-term relationships for the
benefit of the Group. In the event that delivery standards do not meet the Group’s expectations, proactive steps will be taken
to communicate and address these directly with the supplier to ensure that there is no detrimental impact upon the Group’s
activities.
Engagement with the wider community
The Board ensures ethical and responsible decision making by taking into consideration the wider society external to the
organisation. The Group is committed to contributing towards the communities in which it operates as a business.
The Group operates a charitable donation scheme whereby it will match the funds raised by employees for specific charities up
to £500 (or local equivalent) per event. The Group also supports or organises regular activities to increase awareness and raise
funds for its chosen charities. The Group’s charitable activities are co-ordinated by its regional social committees and employees
are actively encouraged to give their support.
The Group has a written policy on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking, which is reviewed on an annual basis by the Board and
is published on the Group’s website.
Graphics
Engagement with the Group’s
Stakeholders (Section 172 Statement)
22
The environment
As a provider of software solutions, the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact on the environment. However, the
Board is committed to implementing measures that will result in incremental improvements to the Group’s environmental impact,
where appropriate.
In accordance with the commitment given in the 2022 annual report, the Group has completed its scope 3 footprint analysis and
information on its full carbon footprint is contained in the Responsible Business Report on pages 17 to 19. The Group also reports
on its compliance with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), and this report
can be found on page 23.
Maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
The Board is mindful that the continued growth and success of the Group is dependent upon maintaining high standards of
business conduct. These high standards underpin the Group’s ability to:
successfully compete within the market, to attract and retain clients, and to service these clients to a high standard;
attract and retain high quality employees;
attract investors and to meet their expectations of good governance and sound business conduct; and
meet the Group’s legal and regulatory obligations, and to meet the expectations of relevant regulatory bodies.
This awareness underpins the Group’s strategy and is evident throughout the Board’s decision-making process. Further information
on Aptitude’s ethical approach is contained in the Responsible Business report on page 14.
Graphics
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) Report
2323
This is the Group’s third year of reporting against the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
(“TCFD”) and the Board is pleased to have further enhanced this reporting in line with the recommendations. The Board has
noted the requirement for mandatory climate-related disclosures arising from the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-
Related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022, as well as FCA Listing Rule 9.8.6R(8). Below we have set out our climate-related
financial disclosures fully consistent with 10 of the 11 TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures as detailed
in ‘Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’, 2017, with use of additional guidance from
‘Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures’, 2021. Set out below are the
areas where the Group is consistent with the recommendations, or where it is not fully consistent, how it plans to achieve this:
Recommendation Recommended disclosures Reference Compliance/comments
Governance
Disclose the organisation’s
governance around climate-
related risks and opportunities
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of
climate-related risks and opportunities
Page 23
Fully
consistent
b) Describe management’s role in assessing
and managing climate-related risks and
opportunities
Page 24
Fully
consistent
Strategy
Disclose the actual and potential
impacts of climate-related
risks and opportunities on
the organisation’s businesses,
strategy, and financial planning
where such information is
material
a) Describe the climate-related risks and
opportunities the organisation has identified
over the short, medium, and long term
Pages 25-26 Fully consistent
b) Describe the impact of climate-related
risks and opportunities on the organisation’s
businesses, strategy, and financial planning
Pages 24-26 Fully consistent
c) Describe the resilience of the
organisation’s strategy, taking into
consideration different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario
Pages 24-26 Fully consistent
Risk
management
Disclose how the organisation
identifies, assesses, and manages
climate-related risks
a) Describe the organisation’s processes for
identifying and assessing climate-related
risks
Pages 24-26 Fully consistent
b) Describe the organisation’s processes for
managing climate-related risks
Pages 24-26 Fully consistent
c) Describe how processes for identifying,
assessing, and managing climate-related
risks are integrated into the organisation’s
overall risk management
Page 24 Fully consistent
Metrics and targets
Disclose the metrics and targets
used to assess and manage
relevant climate-related risks
and opportunities where such
information is material
a) Disclose the metrics used by the
organisation to assess climate- related risks
and opportunities in line with its strategy
and risk management process
Pages 24-25 Fully consistent
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions, and the related risks
Pages 17-19, 24-26 Fully consistent
c) Describe the targets used by the
organisation to manage climate-related
risks and opportunities and performance
against targets
Page 26
Not
consistent. The Group measured its scope 3 emissions
for the first time in 2023 and is currently assessing the
options for appropriate targets to set on its full emissions
footprint.
Governance
Board level
The Board, with support from the Audit Committee, has overall responsibility for the management of climate-related matters,
including oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. The Audit Committee is informed of climate-related risks and
opportunities through reporting from management and through the review of its carbon footprint. The Board considers relevant
climate-related matters when discussing and guiding the strategy of the Group.
In 2023, climate-related matters, including discussions on emissions and oversight of other key sustainability initiatives, were
discussed bi-annually by the Audit Committee and reported to the Board. Sara Dickinson, Non-Executive Director and Chair of the
Audit Committee, is the designated Director with responsibility for ensuring that the Board meets its climate-related obligations.
The Board is supported and informed on climate-related issues including progress against goals and targets through reporting by
the Company Secretary, Executive Directors and the Audit Committee, who monitor these issues.
Graphics
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) Report
24
Management level
At management level, environmental, social and governance responsibilities, including climate-related matters, sit with the
Group’s Senior Leadership Team. The Senior Leadership Team is led by Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and is responsible for
providing oversight of sustainability initiatives at an operational level. The Senior Leadership Team contributes to the identification,
assessment, and mitigation of climate-related risk. The Senior Leadership team is informed about climate-related issues at its
meetings through reporting from the Company Secretary.
Risk management
The Group has considered all risk and opportunity categories outlined in the TCFD guidance, including existing and emerging
regulatory requirements. However, not all risk categories are applicable or material to the business.
During the year, climate-related risks and opportunities were assessed in the context of the Group’s existing risk management
processes (as detailed on pages 27-30) to allow for their relative significance to be determined. The climate-related risk assessment
has been carried out over the following time horizons:
Short-term: Now to 2025: Aligns with the Group’s shortest office leases.
Medium-term: 2025 to 2028: Aligns with the Group’s medium-term office leases.
Long-term: 2028 to 2050: Aligns to the UK Government’s Net Zero pledge and the longer-term physical impacts of climate
change.
When determining the financial impact of our identified climate-related risks, a materiality threshold has been used that is
consistent with the external audit materiality level. This level is set as 5% of adjusted profit before tax and all of our identified
climate-related risks are estimated to fall below this level. As the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact upon the
environment, climate change was not identified as an emerging or material risk in the context of the Group’s activities.
The Audit Committee twice yearly reviews and documents principal and emerging risks, including climate change. This assessment
takes into consideration the likelihood and potential impact of each risk, allowing the materiality of the risks and opportunities
to be determined and identifying those risks which need further investigation. Please see Principal Risks on page 27 for more
information on the Group’s risk management processes.
Strategy
The Group recognises the significant potential impact of climate change on environmental and economic systems. However, as a
technology business, its climate exposure is low and the impact of identified climate-related risks is limited.
Three climate-related scenarios have been selected to understand the impact of climate change on the Group’s strategy. The
three scenarios have been chosen to provide a variety of situations to which climate change could impact our company and are
as follows:
Net Zero 2050 (NZE)
1
: Low carbon scenario that meets the TCFD’s requirement of a below 2°C scenario.
Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS): Medium carbon scenario which represents the roll forward of announced policies.
RCP 8.5
2
: High carbon scenario which includes extreme physical climate risks with limited global mitigation.
1 “https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2023” World Energy Outlook 2023, IEA, Paris
2 IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Each of the Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities have been analysed and quantified under the three scenarios in line
with definitions for risk impact outlined above and the following assumptions and estimates:
1. Impacts are to be considered in the context of the current financial performance and prices.
2. Gross impacts are assumed to occur without the company responding with any mitigation actions, which would reduce the
impact of risks.
3. Impacts are modelled to occur in a linear fashion, when in practice dramatic climate-related impacts may occur suddenly
after tipping points are breached.
4. The analysis considers each risk and scenario in isolation, when in practice climate-related risks may occur in parallel as part
of wider set of potential global impacts.
5. Carbon prices are determined with reference to information from the International Energy Agency.
6. No material change in business model, locations, or operations.
Graphics
25
The Group has concluded that the business is resilient to climate change. The need for a fundamental change to business strategy
or additional spend as a result of climate change is unlikely to occur. The Group will, however, continue to develop its analysis as
new data is made available both internally and externally and it will continue to monitor its climate exposures and action plans
through its risk management framework and governance structure.
Climate-related risks
Three climate-related risks that could have a limited financial impact on the organisation have been identified.
Risk
1.
Carbon
pricing
in
the
value
chain
2. Reputational risks linked to sustainability
performance & reporting
3. Depending on third parties and
technology to decarbonise
Type Transition (current and emerging regulation) Transition (market policy and legal) Transition (technology)
Area Upstream Own operations Upstream and operations
Primary
potential
financial
impact
Increased cost of purchased goods and
services
Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower
business opportunities
Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower
business opportunities
Time
horizon Medium term Medium term Medium term
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely
Impact Low Low Low
Location or
service most
impacted
Purchased goods and services Across the Group Across the Group
Metrics used
to track risks
Scope 3 emissions Scope 1 and 2 emissions; external
environmental, social and governance
ratings.
Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
Risk
description
and mitigation
The Group carried out a full scope 3 footprint
analysis in 2023 to fully understand its
upstream emissions exposures. The Group’s
principal value chain emissions originate
from business travel and purchased goods
and services. As suppliers come under
carbon pricing mechanisms, or carbon
border adjustments, this could result in the
supplier passing on the added cost from the
carbon tax. There is comfort that several
of our primary data centres have targets to
be net zero by 2040 at the latest, meaning
that a significant portion of our scope 3
emissions footprint will be offset with the
achievement of these targets. In addition,
the Group has already carried out several
initiatives to reduce our scope 3 emission
exposure. These include hybrid working to
reduce commuting emissions, continuing
to implement client projects on a remote
basis where appropriate, resulting in an
ongoing reduction of international travel
by employees, and choosing data centres
and cloud infrastructure providers that are
committed to purchasing electricity from
renewable sources. This potential risk would
be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.
There is a rising trend from investors,
customers and financial institutions of
incorporating sustainability criteria into their
assessments, with climate change being
a major issue. This is likely to be of greater
risk under the net zero 2050 scenario.
Investors are aligning their portfolios to
net zero as well as other environmental,
social and governance metrics and
companies face disinvestment if plans are
insufficient. Our current and potential future
customers are increasingly interested to
understand our approach to environments,
social and governance matters. Currently
our lenders have not tied our debt to
sustainability criteria but we will continue
to monitor this to ensure we are in line
with their expectations on climate-related
performance. The Group’s current debt levels
are also relatively low, and debt facilities
have been secured in the medium term. We
also continue to monitor our clients’ and our
employees’ expectations in this area.
The ability of Aptitude to decarbonise both
our operations and supply chain is partially
reliant on third-parties and technologies
that are still being developed. Our ability to
decarbonise our operations is dependent
on grid decarbonisation and renewable
energy availability. As our office spaces are
leased, we cannot install onsite renewable
energy but are taking other steps where
appropriate to reduce our scope 2 emissions.
Decarbonisation of our value chain is reliant
on both purchased goods and services
and business travel. We are therefore
dependent on the actions and progress
of our key suppliers to decarbonise the
goods and services we procure from them.
Reduction in emissions through business
travel is also dependent on the technological
developments of the aviation industry
which is out of our control. However, a
high proportion of the Group’s data centres
already have net zero targets which should
mitigate significant value chain emissions
exposure. We also have a Group policy on
the use and class of flights for business travel
which helps reduce emissions from business
travel.
The following risks were also identified, but were deemed immaterial:
Physical risks (both acute and chronic physical risks were assessed):
a) Using Munich Re’s climate risk tool we have confirmed that none of the Group’s existing sites are currently operating in areas
of high drought stress or are predicted to be up to 2040 under scenario RCP 8.5. Additionally, water use is not significant to
the Group’s operations.
b) All of the Group’s sites are in areas of a low risk of riverine flooding.
c) Exposure to insurance companies as clients which themselves could be at risk from high pay-outs due to climate-related
events, such as storms or flooding.
Graphics
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) Reports
26
Transitional risks:
d) Exposure to carbon pricing in own operations. As a technology company, the Group’s operations are not carbon intensive,
which limits its exposure to carbon price risks in its operations.
Climate-related opportunities
The following climate-related opportunities have been identified:
Opportunity
1. Zero emission energy
(e.g. self- generation, Renewal Energy Guarantees of
Origin and Power Purchasing Agreements)
2. Managing resource efficiency
(energy, resource
and water efficiencies)
Type Energy Source Resource efficiency
Area Operations Operations
Primary
potential
financial
impact
Decreased costs Decreased costs
Time
horizon Medium term Medium term
Likelihood Likely Very likely
Impact Medium-low Medium
Location or service most impacted Office buildings Office buildings
Metrics used to track risks % renewable energy usage Energy and waste consumption
Opportunity description and strategy to capitalise Transitioning to renewable electricity sources (either
via self-generation or through contracted electricity
supply from power purchase agreements and
Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs)) can help in
reducing market-based scope 2 emissions to zero.
Investment in self-generation would likely be
unfeasible given the Group’s relatively short-term
lease agreements and energy requirements. We
assume the ability to find EAC’s at our key offices in
the future will be high. In the future, the Group can
prioritise office locations with high energy efficiency
and access to self-generated renewable energy
facilities e.g. solar panels, when looking for new
office space. This opportunity will be greater under
the Net Zero 2050 scenario.
Improvements of energy efficiency and reduction
of energy consumption with the involvement of
our landlords will provide opportunities. We have
recently signed a new lease for an office space in
Poland that is LEED Platinum for building categories
such as water and energy efficiency as well as being
WELL certified. Going forward the selection of any
new or replacement office spaces in the Group’s
other regions will further take sustainability
considerations into account. This opportunity will
be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.
Metrics and targets
We report on our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. Our carbon footprint is calculated using methodologies consistent with the
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard, with additional guidance from the GHG Protocol
Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Technical Guidance for Calculating
Scope 3 Emissions, as required.
The Group recognises that global warming is driving climate change and that governments, industry and society need to act to
mitigate the effects. While the Group’s carbon emissions are relatively low, the Board remains fully committed to continuing
to reduce its scope 1 and scope 2 emissions over time and will seek to do this by actively encouraging its landlords to switch to
renewable energy sources and by continuing to consider energy efficiency when selecting any future office premises.
During the year we calculated our first full scope 3 footprint and the results are shown on pages 17 and 19. In 2023, market-based
scope 3 accounted for 92% of our total footprint, with business travel (50% of scope 3) and purchased goods and services (39%
of scope 3) being the most significant contributors. We calculated all applicable scope 3 categories for both our 2022 and 2023
footprint. Nine scope 3 categories are not applicable to our company. The waste generated in operations category was excluded
from our footprint based on immateriality.
Having gained a clearer understanding of our indirect emissions, we are now exploring the possibilities of setting targets aligned to
the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) criteria. During the year we have worked with an external consultant who has provided
us with different options on how we can set targets that contribute to us delivering on reducing our emissions. The Group will
continue to monitor closely its emissions. It is currently intended that within a two year timeframe it will externally commit, via
the SBTi (or other reputable industry equivalent), to setting a science-based target to become a net zero company by 2050 at the
latest (such target shall be aligned to limiting global warming to 1.5°C or less).
Graphics
Principal Risks
27
The management of the business and the execution of the Group’s strategy are subject to several risks. The Board has delegated
authority to the Audit Committee to assess the Group’s principal and emerging risks, and the Board takes appropriate steps to
monitor and mitigate these risks where feasible.
The Board receives updates on principal and potential emerging risks that could threaten the Group’s performance or achievement
of its strategic objectives. The Audit Committee identifies areas for internal audit review, where this is felt to be appropriate to
help further understand and mitigate areas of risk. Further information on this is contained in the report of the Audit Committee
on page 35.
Considering all known risks that have the potential to impact the Group’s performance and strategy, the following represents the
principal and emerging risks as recognised by the Board as at 20 March 2024 and how these are mitigated:
Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action
Product The Group’s future performance will depend on the successful
development, introduction and market acceptance of new
and enhanced products. These products must address the
requirements of current and future clients to be able to carry out
their key finance and business processes in a cost-effective manner.
The products must also respond effectively to industry, regulatory
and technological change.
Failure to do so may have significant impacts on the current and
future profitability of the Group.
The Group has successfully launched and gone live
with Fynapse, Aptitude’s next generation digital
finance platform. Prior to the development and
launch of Fynapse, extensive market research and
client consultation was conducted, to satisfy the
Board that there was sufficient demand in the
existing client base and the market generally for the
product.
The Group has taken steps in 2023 to further
develop roadmaps for each of its key products,
with close collaboration between the Product and
Technology teams.
Plans for future products are developed, in close
liaison with current and potential clients and
partners and through monitoring of changes in the
business and regulatory landscape.
Customer experience The Group’s ability to attract and retain clients is dependent on the
provision of reliable high-quality products and excellent service.
The Group’s products are typically critical to our clients’ business
operations and information systems
Failure to provide a good customer experience can result in
increased levels of client churn and significantly impact the
financial performance and reputation of the Group.
The Group has appointed a Chief Client Experience
Officer now responsible for the end-to-end client
life cycle including onboarding, integration,
implementation, and ongoing Client Support. The
Client Experience team employs individuals with
specific skills and experiences for their roles, and to
provide the best possible support to its customers.
Processes are in place to ensure that any service
issues are quickly identified and addressed, with
internal escalations in place, including to the Board,
where appropriate.
Development activities include robust software
quality reviews and testing processes and any
identified issues are addressed efficiently and
analysed to seek to avoid reoccurrence.
People and performance The Group’s success greatly depends on its ability to hire, train,
retain, manage and motivate employees with the right skills,
capabilities and attitudes. Failure to do so could result in a loss of
key talent and the Group being unable to effectively manage and
expand its business.
The Group is focused on ensuring that the
recruitment process is effective in identifying
and attracting employees with the right skills and
attributes. Our People & Culture team uses a diverse
number of sources, searching for candidates from
varied backgrounds and ethnicity and with varied
core skills.
All employees receive regular communication and
there is a focus on employee engagement and
supporting a strong organisational culture. Employee
engagement is overseen by the Senior Independent
Director, Barbara Moorhouse, and reported to the
Board. Further information on this can be found on
page 20.
Graphics
Principal Risks
28
Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action
Key partnerships Aptitude has in place key partnerships, including with Microsoft
and a number of major advisory and systems integrator firms to
support in its go to market strategy.
During 2023, the Group ensured key market readiness for the
Microsoft partnership with a full integration to Microsoft Dynamics
365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform.
Failures in any of these key partnerships can impact the Group
financially and reputationally, and negatively impact our clients.
The Group has in place a thorough selection and
onboarding process for new partnerships with a
focus on organisations that can scale and/or have
a track record of successful finance transformation
delivery programs. The onboarding process
ensures that partners have a good understanding
of Aptitude’s products and processes across the
client engagement lifecycle. Partners are kept up
to date through training provided on new product
development.
The Group has in place a dedicated Partnerships
team who work with partners and internal teams
to ensure these relationships are optimised and
joint goals are realised. Special attention has
been allocated to the Microsoft partnership, with
oversight from the Partnerships team across go
to market, product management and regional
alignment of execution. Key integrations have been
completed between Fynapse and Microsoft D365,
and Fynapse has been made available on Azure and
its related marketplace. The Group continues to
execute on its roadmap in support of the Microsoft
partnership.
Economic conditions The Group operates in ever changing economic conditions which
can impact the demand for and price of its products and the cost
of its purchased goods and services.
Failure to appropriately manage these impacts can impact on the
Group’s current and future profitability.
Appropriate commercial arrangements are put in
place with customers, including annual licence fees
or subscription arrangements to provide resilience
against the full effects of market deterioration.
The Group is also able to partially mitigate economic
risk through operating in multiple geographic regions
and across a number of business sectors.
The inflationary environment continues to be
closely monitored by the Board. Commercial
modelling is undertaken to assess the impact of
inflationary increases, and the Group is able to
reduce the exposure in its client contracts with the
majority allowing for inflationary increases to be
applied annually.
Graphics
29
Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action
Information security and data
privacy
The Group’s products require the processing of confidential client
data including, for a number of products, material non-public
financial data. Additionally, the eSuite product requires processing
of client and client subscriber personal data including payment
card data. Failure to appropriately protect this data could have
significant financial, regulatory and reputational consequences for
the Group.
The Group has a strong focus on all aspects of
information security – people, processes and
technology. The Information Security function is led
by the Information Security Officer who reports to
a Security Committee comprising of members of
senior management and chaired by the CFO. These
management and governance layers ensure that the
Group’s information security posture and tone from
the top is of the highest order as required to ensure
the security of client data. The Group’s culture
ensures that employees treat information security as
a collective responsibility thereby building a human
firewall. Our Information Security Management
System (ISMS) is ISO 27001 certified, and we follow
formal processes for all aspects of information
security including building secure systems to
prevent cyber attacks and protect our information
security assets, monitoring and detecting threats
and responding to the same as well as applying the
required governance and compliance processes. We
have formal processes for all information security
aspects including secure systems build, IT asset
management, vulnerability management, cyber
threat management, incident response, BCP/DR and
personnel security management. In addition to ISO
27001, we also provide SOC1 and SOC2 reports to
clients to support client compliance processes for all
cloud based/SaaS products.
Our information security risk assessment processes
and artifacts are frequently refreshed. Risks
emanating from new and ever changing risk
vectors including global pandemics, cyber warfare,
ransomware attacks, changing regulations, sanctions
and changes in information security frameworks are
assessed and mitigating action plans are formally
prepared and presented. These assessments are
regularly reviewed by the Information Security
Committee. The Board is also provided with regular
updates regarding our information security posture
and risks.
For personal data protection, we have formal privacy
and compliance management processes including
privacy risk assessment, secure systems build,
GDPR and CCPA compliance processes, client data
categorization, protection and deletion processes.
Where the Group acts as a processor for client
personal data, we work closely with clients to ensure
compliance with privacy laws. For the Group’s
products which handle payment card data, we follow
required processes to protect such data, and are
certified under required compliance standards for
card data processing including PCI-DSS.
Banking The Group has in place a term loan and revolving credit facility with
Bank of Ireland (see page 123 for details). Any significant future
interest rate changes could impact the cost of borrowing for the
Group. Also, the failure of banking counterparties may lead to loss
of all or part of cash held with such counterparty.
The Group has in place an interest rate swap to
manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The
Group also has significant cash balances and seeks to
maximise the interest earned on these (see page 121
for further details).
Day-to-day oversight of the Group’s banking
arrangement is carried out by the Chief Financial
Officer and his team. The team also monitors the
ongoing solvency of Bank of Ireland and other key
banking counterparties.
Graphics
Principal Risks
30
Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action
Geopolitical risk The Group has operations in a number of countries and seeks to
mitigate any risks to its employees arising from conflicts or other
geopolitical incidents.
As a result of our geographic spread, the Group is exposed to
a wide range of political, economic, regulatory, social and tax
environments. Policies or laws, involving the countries in which
we operate, may change in a manner that may be adverse for the
Group, even those with stable political environments.
The Group has in place business contingency plans
which are overseen by the Board. These plans are
developed on an ongoing basis in readiness for any
need to implement.
The Group has not been directly impacted by any of
the conflicts seen across the globe in 2023. However,
the Board recognises that its employees may be
indirectly impacted, and provides support through
the People & Culture team.
The Group is continuing to closely monitor the
situation in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan.
The business has no facilities or dependencies in
those regions, but in view of its mainland Europe
operations, business contingency planning has being
undertaken to mitigate any potential disruption to
the Group’s operations that might result should
there be an escalation of the Ukraine conflict into
other European countries.
Environmental, social and
governance
Aptitude is committed to being a responsible business and operate
in a sustainable manner for all of our stakeholders.
Failure to operate in a way that appropriately manages our impacts
on the environment and our communities may negatively impact
our reputation as a responsible business.
The Board oversees the steps taken by Aptitude
to act responsibly for the environment and our
communities. More information on this is found in
the Responsible Business Report on page 14.
The Board’s ongoing review of emerging potential risks has not identified any beyond those detailed in the preceding table. In
undertaking this review of its principal risks, the Board also considered other potential risks and concluded that they were not
considered to be principal risks. The Board, with the support of the Audit Committee, will continue to review potential emerging
risks, and update its principal risks as necessary.
Graphics
Corporate Governance Statement
31
Statement of Compliance
The Group has applied all of the Principles and complied with the Provisions set out in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
(“Code”) throughout the year ended 31 December 2023, except for the Board composition requirements under Provision 11 for
a short transitional period when at least half the Board did not consist of Non-Executive Directors. Full compliance was achieved
from 27 July 2023 when Jeremy Suddards stood down from the Board. Further details are provided in this report on page 33. The
Code is available to view on the website of the Financial Reporting Council (www.frc.org.uk).
Details of how the Company has complied with the Code are contained in this report, and a summary of compliance with the main
principles of the Code is provided in the following table:
Application of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code
Principles Group Compliance Statement
1. Leadership and Company Purpose
A. A successful company is led by an effective and
entrepreneurial board, whose role is to promote the
long-term sustainable success of the company,
generating value for shareholders and contributing to
wider society.
The Directors bring a broad range of skills and experience to the Board, as shown by their biographies on the inside of the
front cover. The Directors’ responsibilities are outlined in the Report of the Directors. The Board meets regularly on a formal
basis and for additional ad-hoc meetings as necessary.
The Board ensures that appropriate governance mechanisms are in place to support the delivery of the Group’s strategy
and enable the Board to carry out its role effectively.
B. The board should establish the company’s purpose,
values and strategy, and satisfy itself that these and its
culture are aligned. All directors must act with integrity,
lead by example and promote the desired culture.
The Group has a clearly articulated corporate purpose, mission, vision and values. The Board oversees the Group’s culture
to ensures alignment with the corporate purpose, mission, vision and values.
The Board reviews the Group’s strategy and culture on a regular basis with input from senior management.
C. The board should ensure that the necessary resources
are in place for the company to meet its objectives and
measure performance against them. The board should
also establish a framework of prudent and effective
controls, which enable risk to be assessed and managed.
The Board reviews the Company’s performance against its targets and objectives at each scheduled meeting, with reference
to reports and KPIs prepared by management.
The principal risks impacting the Company are set out on pages 27 to 30 and steps are in place to monitor and mitigate
these risks.
D. In order for the company to meet its responsibilities to
shareholders and stakeholders, the board should ensure
effective engagement with, and encourage participation
from, these parties.
The Chairman and the Executive Directors maintain regular engagement with shareholders through presentations on
the annual and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy and governance and at the Annual General
Meeting. In addition, individual meetings are also held with shareholders and potential investors on request, including with
other Non-Executive Directors where appropriate. The Remuneration Committee Chair ensures that major investors are
actively consulted with on key remuneration matters and responds to any investor questions on remuneration.
In addition to its shareholders, the Group’s other key stakeholders and steps taken to engage with them are described in
the ‘Engagement with the Group’s Stakeholders’ section on page 20. The Audit and Nomination Committee chairs make
themselves available to discuss significant matters related to their areas of responsibility, where required.
E. The board should ensure that workforce policies and
practices are consistent with the company’s values and
support its long-term sustainable success. The workforce
should be able to raise any matters of concern.
The Group has in place a suite of policies in line with its values and culture to support its operations. The Board, as a whole,
reviews engagement activities with the wider workforce. Barbara Moorhouse is the designated independent Non-Executive
Director with responsibility for overseeing wider workforce engagement, and employees are able to raise any concerns with
her.
2. Division of Responsibilities
F. The chair leads the board and is responsible for its
overall effectiveness in directing the company. They
should demonstrate objective judgement throughout their
tenure and promote a culture of openness and debate. In
addition, the chair facilitates constructive board relations
and the effective contribution of all non-executive
directors, and ensures that directors receive accurate,
timely and clear information.
The Chairman Ivan Martin is responsible for setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring that it carries out its duties effectively.
He promotes a culture of openness and debate both inside and outside of the boardroom and oversees constructive
relations between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that there is effective
communication by the Group with its shareholders. In addition, he ensures that the Directors receive accurate, timely and
clear information in advance of Board meetings and on an ongoing basis, and gives feedback to Executive Directors and the
Company Secretary where appropriate.
G. The board should include an appropriate combination
of executive and non-executive (and, in particular,
independent non-executive) directors, such that no one
individual or small group of individuals dominates the
board’s decision-making. There should be a clear division
of responsibilities between the leadership of the board
and the executive leadership of the companys business.
The Board consists of three independent Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) and two Executive Directors.
The Board has included three independent Non-Executive Directors (including the Non-Executive Chairman) during 2023,
except for a short time period whilst Board membership was being refreshed.
All of the Non-Executive Directors are considered by the Board to be independent of the management of the Group
and free from any business or other relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent
judgment. The Executive Directors are responsible for the running of the Group. The Board has included three independent
Non-Executive Directors (including the Non-Executive Chairman) at all times during 2023.
The responsibilities of the Board as a whole, and the Committees of the Board are available to view on the Investor
Relations section of the Group's website.
H. Non-executive directors should have sufficient time to
meet their board responsibilities. They should provide
constructive challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist
advice and hold management to account.
The letter of appointment of each Non-Executive Director sets out the expected time commitment for them to perform
their role, and notes the possibility that additional time may need to be spent at certain times. The other significant
commitments of Directors are disclosed in the Annual Report. The effectiveness of the Board and individual Directors is
assessed through the annual review of Board effectiveness as described on page 35.
Each Non-Executive Director has relevant experience to support the Group’s strategy and operations, and all provide
challenge and guidance to management. The skills and experience of the Non-Executive Directors are described in their
biographies on the inside of the front cover.
Graphics
Corporate Governance Statement
32
I. The board, supported by the company secretary, should
ensure that it has the policies, processes, information,
time and resources it needs in order to function effectively
and efficiently.
The Board is supplied with business reports, management accounts and items for approval prior to each meeting, to ensure
that it is able to carry out its role effectively.
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring
that Board procedures are complied with, and to independent professional advice at the Company’s expense where they
judge it necessary to discharge their responsibility as Directors.
3. Composition, Succession and Evaluation
J. Appointments to the board should be subject to a
formal, rigorous and transparent procedure, and an
effective succession plan should be maintained for
board and senior management. Both appointments and
succession plans should be based on merit and objective
criteria and, within this context, should promote diversity
of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and
personal strengths.
The Nomination Committee, comprising all the Non-Executive Directors and chaired by the Non-Executive Chairman, is
responsible for identifying and nominating candidates to fill Board vacancies and ensuring that the Board continues to
contain appropriate diversity of thought, background and experience. The Nomination Committee also oversees succession
plans in place for the Board and Senior Leadership Team. During the year, appointments were made to the positions of CEO
and CFO and a number of changes were made to the Senior Leadership Team.
A report on the activities of the Nomination Committee in 2023 is on page 33. A report on the Board's approach to Diversity
and Inclusion, diversity metrics and activities carried out in 2023 can be found on page 14.
K. The board and its committees should have a
combination of skills, experience and knowledge.
Consideration should be given to the length of service of
the board as a whole and membership regularly refreshed.
All Directors have relevant business experience, skills and knowledge to perform their duties effectively. New Directors
receive an induction on joining the Board, and additional training needs are identified on an ongoing basis and through the
annual review of Board effectiveness.
Length of service is a specific consideration of the Nomination Committee in its work on succession planning.
The Audit Committee had competencies relevant to the sector in which the Group operates, as evidenced by the
biographies on the inside of the front cover.
L. Annual evaluation of the board should consider its
composition, diversity and how effectively members work
together to achieve objectives. Individual evaluation
should demonstrate whether each director continues to
contribute effectively.
An annual review of the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, the Directors and the Company Secretary is undertaken,
prior to Directors being offered for re-election by shareholders. Details of how this review was conducted in respect of the
year ended 31 December 2023 can be found on page 36.
The Executive Directors also receive an annual performance appraisal as part of the Management Bonus Scheme.
The performance of each Board Committee is reviewed on an annual basis.
4. Audit, Risk and Internal Control
M. The board should establish formal and transparent
policies and procedures to ensure the independence and
effectiveness of internal and external audit functions and
satisfy itself on the integrity of financial and narrative
statements.
At each scheduled meeting, the Audit Committee discusses any areas for an internal audit review and considers the findings
of any such reviews. The Audit Committee also assesses annually the need for a separate internal audit function, and
makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. The Board continues to be comfortable that no separate internal audit
function is required.
The Audit Committee monitors and assesses the independence and effectiveness of the external Auditor. The Audit
Committee also reviews the integrity of financial and narrative statements and recommends them to the Board for
approval. A report on the composition of the Audit Committee and its work in 2023 can be found on page 35.
N. The board should present a fair, balanced and
understandable assessment of the company’s position and
prospects.
The Board considers that the Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 taken as
a whole present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects. Further
information is contained in the report of the Audit Committee on page 35.
O. The board should establish procedures to manage risk,
oversee the internal control framework, and determine
the nature and extent of the principal risks the company
is willing to take in order to achieve its long-term strategic
objectives.
The Audit Committee monitors key risk factors impacting the Group, and makes recommendations to the Board on any
actions to be taken. A summary of the principal risks impacting the Group are set out on pages 27 to 30.
5. Remuneration
P. Remuneration policies and practices should be designed
to support strategy and promote long-term sustainable
success. Executive remuneration should be aligned to
company purpose and values, and be clearly linked to the
successful delivery of the company’s long-term strategy.
An updated Remuneration Policy was approved at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. Prior to seeking shareholder approval,
the Remuneration Committee reviewed the Remuneration Policy to ensure its alignment to the Groups purpose, values and
long-term strategy and consulted with major shareholders on proposed changes.
Suitable financial and non-financial objectives, linked to the Groups purpose, values and long-term strategy, are set
for Executive Directors and other Senior Leadership Team members and approved by the Remuneration Committee in
connection with long-term incentive and annual bonus awards. Further details can be found on pages 50 and 51.
Q. A formal and transparent procedure for developing
policy on executive remuneration and determining
director and senior management remuneration should be
established. No director should be involved in deciding
their own remuneration outcome.
The Board has delegated responsibility to the Remuneration Committee for setting the remuneration of the Executive
Directors and other members of the Senior Leadership Team. Further information is contained in the report of the
Remuneration Committee on page 40.
R. Directors should exercise independent judgement and
discretion when authorising remuneration outcomes,
taking account of company and individual performance,
and wider circumstances.
The Remuneration Committee oversees the Remuneration Policy and applies independent judgement when setting
objectives for long-term incentive and annual bonus awards linked to Group and individual performance. Further
information is contained in the report of the Remuneration Committee on page 40.
Annual increases to Non-Executive Directors’ fees are approved by the Executive Directors in consideration of salary
increases across the wider workforce.
Board of Directors
Function and operation of the Board
The Board of Directors meets regularly to review strategic, operational and financial matters, including proposed acquisitions
and divestments, and has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision which is reviewed regularly. It approves the
Group’s purpose, values and strategy, the interim and annual financial statements, the annual report, the annual financial plan,
significant contracts and capital investment in addition to reviewing the effectiveness of the internal control systems and business
risks faced by the Group. Where appropriate, it has delegated authority to the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees,
and to other committees of Directors. Information is supplied to the Board in advance of meetings and the Chairman ensures that
all Directors are properly briefed on the matters being discussed. The Board also receives presentations by members of senior
management on different areas of the Group’s business.
Graphics
33
There are written terms of reference for the Board and its Committees which are available to view on the Group’s website
and effective communication channels are in place between the Board, senior management and the wider workforce to enable
strategic objectives to be clearly communicated and progress against these monitored.
The role of individual Directors
All Directors must act with integrity, lead by example, and promote the Group’s culture. The Chairman is responsible for leading
the Board, setting its agenda and ensuring its effectiveness. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for managing the business
and the Chief Financial Officer oversees the Group’s financial affairs, including any tax and treasury matters, and investor relations
activities and supports the Chief Executive Officer in implementing corporate strategy and overseeing operational performance.
Non-Executive Directors are required to allow sufficient time to meet their Board responsibilities and provide constructive
challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to account. Non-Executive Directors are appointed
for specific terms, up to a maximum of three years and re-appointment is not automatic. The Articles of Association require
one third of Directors to retire in rotation at each Annual General Meeting, but all Directors voluntarily offer themselves for
annual re-election by shareholders. The Board sets out to shareholders in papers accompanying a resolution the reasons why they
believe an individual should be elected. The Chairman confirms to shareholders when proposing re-election that the Director’s
performance remains effective. The Chairman periodically holds meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive
Directors being present in order to provide a forum in which the performance and actions of the executive team and the wider
business can be discussed freely.
Barbara Moorhouse is the appointed Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (“SID”). The SID provides a sounding board for
the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. The SID is available to shareholders if they
have concerns which contact through the normal channels of the Chairman or the Executive Directors fail to resolve or for which
such contact is inappropriate. Led by the SID, the Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman at least annually to appraise
the Chairman’s performance and on such other occasions as are deemed appropriate.
Changes to Directors during the year
Mike Johns was appointed to the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 17 May 2023, having carried out the role of Acting Chief
Financial Officer from 24 January 2023. Philip Wood, formerly Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, stood
down from the Board on 20 July 2023.
Alex Curran was appointed to the Board as Acting Chief Executive Officer on 12 July 2023, and was appointed Chief Executive
Officer on 30 November 2023. Jeremy Suddards, formerly Chief Executive Officer, stood down from the Board on 27 July 2023.
Independence of the Non-Executive Directors
In accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code, throughout the year a majority of the Board
has comprised of independent Non-Executive Directors, except for a short period from when Mike Johns and Alex Curran were
appointed to the Board to when Philip Wood and Jeremy Suddards had stood down from the Board.
The Board monitors the independence of the Non-Executive Directors and considers each Non-Executive Director to be
independent in character and judgement in accordance with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code. The Board concluded that
the independence of the Non-Executive Directors allows them to sufficiently and constructively challenge management and be
free from any business or other relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement.
Board Committees
The Board has delegated certain powers to a Nomination Committee, a Remuneration Committee and an Audit Committee. Each
of these Committees has written terms of reference which clearly specify their authority and duties and these terms of reference
are available on the Group’s website. The terms of reference of each Committee are reviewed regularly by the Board to ensure
they remain appropriate and reflect any changes in legislation, regulation or best practice.
Nomination Committee
Ivan Martin is Chair of the Nomination Committee. During the year, the Committee also comprised Barbara Moorhouse and Sara
Dickinson.
The Nomination Committee meets at least once a year, and its main responsibilities are to:
review the structure, size and composition of the Board, its Committees and the Senior Leadership Team, including its balance
of skills and experience and diversity, and make recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes;
oversee the process for appointments to the Board and Senior Leadership Team, including the identification and assessment
of potential candidates, and making recommendations on new appointments to the Board for approval;
Graphics
Corporate Governance Statement
34
consider succession planning for Directors and Senior Leadership Team members, taking into account the challenges and
opportunities facing the Group, and therefore the skills and expertise that are needed now and in the future;
assess the time commitment required from Non-Executive Directors; and
oversee the annual Board effectiveness review process.
During the year, the Committee met formally three times, with all members present and a number of ad-hoc meetings and
informal discussions were held during the CEO and CFO successor selection process. In addition to this, a separate meeting to
review the effectiveness of the Board was also overseen by the Nomination Committee.
During 2023 the Committee:
recommended to the Board that Alex Curran be appointed as Acting Chief Executive Officer, following Jeremy Suddards
stepping down from the CEO role. The Committee subsequently assessed the leadership qualities displayed by Alex in carrying
out the Acting CEO role and recommended to the Board that she be appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer on a
permanent basis. In carrying out this assessment, the Committee sought views from shareholders, employees and other key
stakeholders. Ultimately the Committee was happy to recommend to the Board Alex's appointment without needing to carry
out an external selection process. This recommendation received unanimous Board approval.
recommended to the Board that Mike Johns be appointed as Acting Chief Financial Officer, following the announcement
in January 2023 that Philip Wood would be stepping down as Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Subsequently, the Committee engaged Erevena, an independent executive search firm, to support in its search for a
permanent CFO across a diverse group of internal and external candidates. Ultimately, the Committee determined Mike
Johns to be the best candidate for the CFO role, in light of his experience, personal attributes and the internal and external
feedback received. Its recommendation for his appointment was unanimously supported by the Board. None of the Board
have any connections with Erevena;
recommended to the Board that Alex Campbell be appointed as Company Secretary in June 2023, initially on a 12-month
basis, to replace Georgina Sharley who left the business;
assessed whether the Board could benefit from additional technical expertise. The Committee recommended that an external
technical adviser be engaged to provide support to the Board rather than appointing an additional Non-Executive Director,
and this recommendation was approved by the Board;
carried out a review of the skills of each of the Directors and the independence of each of the Non-Executive Directors, and
recommended Directors for election or re-election at the 2023 Annual General Meeting;
undertook a full review of succession plans for the Executive Directors and Senior Leadership Team, and agreed steps to
further strengthen the plans; and
undertook a structured, internally-led Board effectiveness review. The findings from this review are described on page 35.
The Committee’s focus in 2024 will be further developing succession plans for the Executive Directors and Senior Leadership Team.
In 2023, a number of Senior Leadership Team members presented to the Board and its Committees on key topics. Opportunities
for interactions outside of the Board meeting calendar were also pursued and developed. This will continue to be an area of
focus in the future, helping the Board when considering the depth of the Group’s succession plans and identifying high-potential
individuals.
Although the Company has not adopted a specific diversity policy, the Board and the Committee recognises the importance
of promoting all aspects of diversity throughout the Group. When considering any new appointments to the Board and Senior
Leadership Team, candidates will continue to be chosen against criteria, including their balance of skills, business experience,
independence, qualifications, knowledge, diversity and other factors relevant to the Board operating effectively. Successful
candidates are chosen on merit against these criteria, regardless of race, gender or religious beliefs, but every effort is made to
ensure that a diverse pool of potential candidates is reached via the recruitment process.
Non-Executive Directors are typically appointed for an initial term of approximately three years and subsequent terms of
approximately three years where appropriate. Appointments are subject to annual re-election by shareholders, Details of the
Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are shown in the table below and copies of the Non-Executive Directors’ terms of
appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office. The Executive Directors also have in place service contracts
without an expiry date, but with notice periods of six months.
Graphics
35
Initial agreement
date
Date of
appointment
Expiry date of
current agreement
Ivan Martin 21 October 2015 1 January 2016 31 December 2024
Barbara Moorhouse 27 February 2017 1 April 2017 1 March 2026
Sara Dickinson 30 September 2021 1 October 2021 1 October 2024
Annual Review of Performance and Effectiveness
The annual review of Board effectiveness for the year ended 31 December 2023 took place on 27 February 2024. The Committee
determined that it was appropriate for an internally facilitated review to be undertaken and approved the structure of the review.
The review took the form of a dedicated session held outside of a scheduled Board meeting, with all Directors and the Company
Secretary in attendance. At this session, Directors were asked to consider:
the actions taken in response to the findings from the previous year’s Board effectiveness review;
the strategic decisions taken by the Board and its Committees over the past 12 months, and how effective the Board and its
Committees had been in reaching these decisions;
the collective effectiveness of the Board and its Committees; and
the individual effectiveness of each Board member. Each Board member was required to leave the room while their own
effectiveness was being discussed. The Chairman left the room when his effectiveness was being discussed, and the discussion
was overseen by the Senior Independent Director.
Overall, the review concluded that the Board, its Committees and each Director continued to operate effectively.
Specific actions and objectives were identified from the review to further enhance the Board's performance in overseeing the
business strategy and the key objectives. The findings from the review will also be considered by the Nomination Committee in
Board succession planning.
Annual re-election of Directors
Mike Johns and Alex Curran will be proposed for election as Directors of the Company by shareholders for the first time at the
Group’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) on 14 May 2024. In compliance with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, all other
current Directors will submit themselves for re-election.
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee ensures that remuneration of the Executive Directors and other members of the Senior Leadership
Team is fair, proportionate, in line with the Remuneration Policy and is aligned to the strategy and financial performance of the
Group.
During the year, the Committee was chaired by Barbara Moorhouse and also comprised Ivan Martin and Sara Dickinson. Details
of the Committee’s activities during 2023 are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Statement on pages 40 to 44 and the
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is authorised by the Board to monitor the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, oversee the work
of the Company’s external auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP (“RSM”) and ensure their continued effectiveness and independence, ensure
that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls
and risk management systems.
The Audit Committee reports to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities. This includes identifying the significant
issues that it has considered in relation to the financial statements and how these issues are addressed, its assessment of the
effectiveness of the external audit process and its recommendation on the reappointment of the Group’s external auditors,
together with any other issues on which the Board has asked the Audit Committee’s opinion.
During the year the Audit Committee was comprised of two members, Sara Dickinson, Committee Chair, and Barbara Moorhouse.
In accordance with the recommendations of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, Ivan Martin is not a member of the Audit
Committee, but he does attend meetings as an observer. The qualifications and experience of all Committee members can be
found on the inside front cover of the Annual Report. Sara has recent and relevant financial experience through her current role
as Chief Financial Officer of a significant global business and the Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the business.
During the year the Committee met three times with all members and the Board chair present. The Executive Directors attended
the Audit Committee meetings throughout 2023 by invitation. Further details are set out on page 38.
Graphics
Corporate Governance Statement
36
At its meetings in 2023, the Committee:
Oversaw the work undertaken by RSM in relation to the audit of the Group’s financial statements for the financial year ended
31 December 2022, and considered the conclusions and findings from this work. The significant judgements considered by
the Audit Committee in its review of the financial statements are set out below.
Assessed the performance and independence of RSM, and recommended to shareholders their reappointment at the 2024
Annual General Meeting.
Reviewed the 2022 Annual Report, determined that it was fair, balanced and understandable, and recommended it for
approval by the Board.
Carried out an assessment of the principal and climate-related risks for disclosure in the 2023 Annual Report, and reviewed
these risks during the year to determine that they remained appropriate.
Identified areas for an internal audit/assurance review, and considered the findings from these reviews. In 2023, reviews
were undertaken in relation to certain elements of the financial planning process and roles and responsibilities across teams
in relation to software upgrades.
Reviewed the findings of work to determine scope 3 emissions and the Company’s overall carbon footprint, and considered
appropriate decarbonisation steps to be taken. Further information on this work is contained in the Responsible Business
Report on page 14.
Reported to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.
Monitored the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and any formal announcements.
Reviewed the Group's internal financial controls and internal controls and risk management systems.
Oversaw any proposed engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services. No non-audit services were provided
by the external auditor in 2023.
External Auditor
RSM were appointed external auditor and Graham Ricketts was appointed external audit partner on 17 September 2021. External
audit partners are rotated every five years in accordance with Auditing Practices Board standards (seven years for subsidiary
companies). The Committee intends to comply fully with the FRC Guidance on External Auditors and carry out an audit tender
at least every ten years and mandatory rotation at least every 20 years. The Audit Committee meets at least annually with the
Group’s external auditor without the other Directors present. The external auditor has unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee and the Board keep the external auditor’s independence under close scrutiny. The Group also receives a
formal statement of independence and objectivity from the external auditors each year. The external auditor did not provide any
non-audit services in 2023 or the prior year.
To fulfil its responsibility regarding the effectiveness of the external Auditor and oversight of the audit process, principal procedures
carried out by the Committee include:
Review of the relevant skills and experience of the audit partner and team.
Review of the Auditor’s planning report detailing scope of the audit, materiality and identification of areas of audit risk.
Consideration of formal reports from the Auditor about the audit process, issues which arose during the audit and their
resolution, key accounting issues and judgements.
Consideration of recommendations made by the external Auditor in their management letters and the adequacy of
management’s response.
Based upon its reviews the Committee has recommended the reappointment of RSM as external Auditor to the Board.
Significant Judgements
The significant judgements considered by the Audit Committee in its review of the financial statements are set out below.
Revenue Recognition
Embedded within the Group’s policy on revenue recognition are a number of areas in which management assumptions and
estimates are necessary.
Graphics
37
These principally comprise:
the assessment on inception of each contract of whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,
represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence;
the determination of whether these revenues should be recognised over time and the period across which revenue recognition
should take place;
the assessment that development activity, determined as being the most reasonable measure of recognising software
revenue, is consistent across the period;
the evaluation by management on a contract-by-contract basis of where revenue should be constrained to the amount of any
amount invoiced and paid. This exists in customers where the product has not yet been deployed into a live client environment
and sufficient challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business;
whether the entry into annual renewal periods represents a new contract; and
the evaluation of whether implementation services represent a distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence.
In undertaking their review, the Audit Committee receives both an overview of significant contracts entered into during the course
of the year along with a sample of other contracts entered into prior to 2023 which provides the opportunity to discuss the impact
and application of each of these assumptions and estimates on the contracts selected. The Audit Committee carefully considered
and discussed with the external auditors the revenue recognition on these contracts and concluded that they are satisfied with
the accounting treatment.
As part of the Audit Committee’s normal activities the Committee was provided with an overview of significant balances, including
deferred income, together with the movement on those balances since the previous year end.
The Committee concluded that the recognition of revenue continues to be in line with the Group’s accounting policy on revenue
recognition.
Annual Goodwill Impairment Review
Goodwill is a material asset on the Group’s balance sheet, and it is the Group’s policy to annually test the asset for impairment.
The judgements in relation to goodwill impairment testing relate to the assumptions applied in calculating the value in use of the
Aptitude business. The key assumptions applied in the calculation relate to the future performance expectations of the business.
Plans prepared by senior management supporting the future performance expectations used in the calculation were reviewed
and approved by the Board. The Audit Committee received a presentation on the outcome of the impairment review performed
by senior management. The Audit Committee concluded that there was no requirement to impair the carrying value of goodwill
at the year end.
Development Costs
As the Group continues to grow its product suite it incurs a significant level of associated costs which this year totalled £17.8 million.
A key area of judgment in respect of development costs is whether any of these meet the criteria set out in IAS 38 for capitalisation.
The Audit Committee received a presentation from management outlining the review performed on all development costs
incurred during the year against the relevant criteria and concluded that no capitalisation was required.
Tax
The Group operates in a number of territories which increases the complexity of the Group’s tax affairs. Senior management
provide regular updates of the Group’s tax status to the Board and Audit Committee for consideration. The Group continues to
assess the risk that some elements of its supplies in certain USA states would have been subject to sales tax in previous periods as
a result of recent changes in the interpretation and application of sales tax regulations in the USA. The business continues to work
with its external advisors on ensuring it applies sales tax to any new contracts in the USA where required. In all other aspects the
Audit Committee is currently satisfied with the tax position of the Group.
Internal Audit
The Audit Committee, with engagement from the wider Board and senior management, determines those areas of focus requiring
specific internal audit review. Specialist external organisations with relevant experience are engaged where necessary to support
in internal audit reviews, who can bring independence and wider industry knowledge to the reviews. The results of all internal
audit work undertaken are presented to the Audit Committee.
Graphics
Corporate Governance Statement
38
Overall, the Committee has been comfortable with the processes in relation to identifying areas for assurance review, undertaking
reviews and following up and resolving any findings. The Committee continues to believe that a separate internal audit function is
not required and has recommended this to the Board. The Board has approved this recommendation.
Accounting Standards
There have not been any new accounting standards effective during the year which had any significant impact on the Group’s
accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements. The Audit Committee continues to monitor the application of
relevant accounting standards to the Group including standards which are not yet effective, engaging with the external auditors
on this subject as appropriate. None of the new standards which are effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2024 are
expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
Audit Committee evaluation
During the year, as part of the review of Board effectiveness overseen by the Nomination Committee, the Committee carried out
an evaluation of its effectiveness and concluded that it continued to carry out its role effectively.
Board Attendance
Details of the number of meetings of the Board and its Committees and individual attendances by Directors and Committee
members are set out in the table below.
Board
Meetings
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Nomination
Committee
Number of Meetings held in 2023 9 3 7 3
Alex Curran (appointed 12 July 2023*) 4/4 N/A N/A N/A
Sara Dickinson 9/9 3/3 7/7 3/3
Mike Johns (appointed 17 May 2023*) 5/5 N/A N/A N/A
Ivan Martin 9/9 N/A 7/7 3/3
Barbara Moorhouse 9/9 3/3 7/7 3/3
Jeremy Suddards (resigned on 27 July 2023*) 5/6 N/A N/A N/A
Philip Wood (resigned on 20 July 2023*) 4/5 N/A N/A N/A
* Where a Director has been appointed or resigned during the year, attendance is shown in relation to those meetings held during the year post the appointment date and prior to the
resignation date. Philip Wood and Jeremy Suddards were unable to attend the Board meetings in June and July respectively due to scheduling clashes.
Executive Directors attended some committee meetings, and the Chair attended the Audit Committee, by invitation. These
attendances are not shown in the above table.
During the year, a total of 11 additional Board meetings and 11 additional Board Committee meetings were also held for the
purpose of discussing ad-hoc or time sensitive matters. These meetings are not included in the above figures.
Management Meetings
The Group’s Senior Leadership Team is chaired by Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer, and meets on a weekly basis to discuss
operational matters, business performance, employee matters, financial position and key developments.
Capital Structure
The information required pursuant to the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules is detailed on page 65.
Social, Ethical and Environmental Risks
The Board takes regular account of the significance of social, environmental and ethical (“SEE”) matters to the Group’s business
of providing software and services.
The Board considers that it has received adequate information to enable it to assess any significant risks to the Company’s
short-term and long-term value arising from SEE matters and has concluded that the risks associated with SEE matters are minimal.
The Board will continue to monitor those risks on an ongoing basis and will implement appropriate policies and procedures if
those risks become significant.
Graphics
39
Internal Control
The Group maintains an ongoing process in respect of internal control to safeguard shareholders’ investments and the Group’s
assets and to facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group.
These processes enable the Group to respond appropriately (in accordance with the Code), and in a timely fashion, to significant
business, operational, financial, compliance and other risks, which may otherwise prevent the achievement of the Group’s
objectives.
The Group recognises that it operates in a competitive market that can be affected by factors and events outside its control. Details
of the principal risks identified by the Group are set out in the table on pages 27 to 30. The Group is committed to mitigating risks
arising wherever possible and reviews the risks impacting the business on an ongoing basis. The Board considers that internal
controls, rigorously applied and monitored, are an essential tool in mitigating risks.
The key elements of the Group’s internal control framework, which have been effective during 2023 and up to the date of approval
of these financial statements, are:
the existence of a clear organisational structure with defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority from the
Board to its Executive Directors and operating businesses;
a procedure for the regular review of business issues and risks by the operating business;
a planning and management reporting system operated by the operating business and the Executive Directors; and
the establishment of prudent operating and financial policies.
The Directors have overall responsibility for establishing financial and other reporting procedures to provide them with a reasonable
basis on which to make proper judgements as to the financial position and prospects of the Group, and have responsibility for
establishing the Group’s systems of internal control and for monitoring their effectiveness.
The Group’s systems are designed to provide Directors with reasonable assurance that physical and financial assets are safeguarded,
transactions are authorised and properly recorded, and material errors and irregularities are either prevented or detected with
minimum delay. However, systems of internal financial control can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against
material misstatement or loss.
The key features of the systems of internal financial control include:
financial planning process with an annual financial plan approved by the Board. The plan is regularly updated providing an
updated forecast for the year;
monthly comparison of actual results against plan;
written procedures detailing operational and financial internal control policies which are reviewed on a regular basis;
regular reporting to the Board on tax, treasury and legal matters;
defined investment control guidelines and procedures; and
periodic reviews by the Audit Committee of the Group’s systems and procedures.
Most of the Group’s financial and management information is processed and stored on computer systems. The Group is dependent
on systems that require sophisticated computer networks. The Group has established controls and procedures over the security of
data held on such systems, including business continuity arrangements.
Controls in respect of financial reporting and the production of the consolidated financial statements are well established.
Group accounting policies are consistently applied and review and reconciliation controls operate effectively. Standard reporting
packages are used by all Group entities to ensure consistent and standard information is available for the production of the
consolidated financial statements.
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee has reviewed the key risks facing the Group, and the operation and effectiveness
of its framework of internal control for the year ended 31 December 2023, and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Statement
40
Directors’ Remuneration Statement
Introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the report from the Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) for the year
ended 31 December 2023. This report describes the Committee’s activities and decisions in 2023 and describes how the Committee
proposes to implement the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) in 2024.
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy
A revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the Company’s 2023 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
with over 96% of votes cast in favour of it. The Committee is pleased with the engagement with shareholders through the
consultation process and in voting for the revised Policy. The Company also received strong support from shareholders for the
Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2023 AGM, with over 98% of votes received in favour of the report.
It was determined that the previous Policy was broadly fit for purpose and therefore only a small number of changes were
proposed, to ensure that the Committee retained sufficient flexibility to attract, retain and incentivise high calibre individuals. A
key change gives the Committee additional headroom under the Management Bonus and Performance Share Plan. The Committee
did not utilise this additional headroom in 2023 and has no current intention to do so in 2024.
Business context and wider workforce remuneration
2023 was a year of significant strategic importance for Aptitude. As reported in the Chairman’s Statement and Chief Executive
Officer’s Report, the year saw the Group refocus its strategy around Fynapse and its core products, implement a globalised
organisation structure with a specific focus on growth and client experience, make changes to the executive directorship and
put in place a new Senior Leadership Team (“SLT”). Work on implementing the refocused strategy will continue in 2024. The
composition of our SLT now truly reflects Aptitude as an international group, and has representation from across our countries of
operation. The ability of the Group to attract, retain and promote the right talent across countries has been strongly supported by
the changes made to the Remuneration Policy in 2023.
Aptitude offers all employees a remuneration package that consists of salary and benefits, annual bonus and, in some cases,
long-term incentives. The Group, with the Committee’s oversight, offers salaries and awards salary increases reflecting the
role, individual performance and local market conditions. The Group also offers all of its employees a comprehensive range of
retirement, healthcare and other benefits.
All permanent employees of the Group participate in one of the bonus schemes in operation, namely the Management Bonus
Scheme, Sales Commission Plans, the Consultants’ Bonus Scheme, the Variable Compensation Scheme and the Annual Profit Share
Bonus Plan. All employees are invited annually to participate in our sharesave schemes and potentially benefit from an increase in
Aptitude’s share price at the end of the term.
The Committee maintains its focus on ensuring that key employees are appropriately incentivised over the longer term. There
is engagement with the workforce on remuneration and benefits through all-hands meetings, and in individual discussions
with managers. In consideration of comments received from our workforce, awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) were
introduced in 2023 to key individuals outside of the SLT. These awards provide a clearer means of providing longer term incentives
to international employees, whilst retaining the link to overall corporate performance by being awarded in shares - further
information is provided on pages 41 and 42. The Committee will continue to grant long term incentives to Executive Directors and
SLT members in the form of Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards, as it is appropriate for the potential total reward of these
individuals to be specifically linked to the generation of shareholder value.
Approach to executive remuneration in 2023
Salaries
Alex Curran was appointed to the Board as Acting Chief Executive Officer on 12 July 2023 with a salary of US$358,000. This
salary was subsequently increased to US$450,000 on Alex’s appointment as Chief Executive Officer on a permanent basis on 30
November 2023. This appointment followed the Board’s assessment of her strong performance in the Acting Chief Executive
Officer role and positive feedback received from shareholders and other stakeholders. The Committee determined an appropriate
salary with reference to comparable companies of similar market capitalisations, Alex’s level of performance in the Acting Chief
Executive Officer role and other salary levels across the business. Mike Johns was appointed to the Board as Chief Financial Officer
on 17 May 2023, with a salary of £175,000, significantly below the salary applying to his predecessor.
Philip Wood, formerly Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, did not receive a salary increase in 2023, and
received a pro-rated salary in line with his reduced time commitment during the six month period of notice until his departure
Graphics
41
from the business on 29 July 2023. As disclosed in the 2022 Remuneration Report, Jeremy Suddards’ salary was increased to
£326,970 with effect from 1 April 2023 remaining at this level until his departure from the business on 31 July 2023.
The Group’s approach to Executive Director salaries for 2024 is discussed on page 42.
Variable remuneration outcomes:
The overall performance of the Group in 2023 is discussed in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 12.
Management Bonus Scheme
The Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM permitted the award of a bonus opportunity of up to 150% of salary.
However, as we referred to in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report, we did not utilise this headroom in 2023.
On their appointments to the Board, the Committee determined that Mike Johns and Alex Curran would be eligible to earn bonuses
for 2023 of up to 80% of salary, subject to performance against specific financial and non-financial metrics, which is below the
established 125% of salary limit in the Policy. The Committee subsequently agreed that Alex Curran would also be eligible to earn
up to an additional US$50,000 specifically linked to the performance in the Chief Executive Role in the second half of 2023.
As in previous years, the Committee determined that 75% of the bonus opportunity for each Executive Director would be based
on performance against financial metrics, with the remaining 25% based on non-financial objectives specific to each individual. In
the case of the bonus opportunities of up to 80% of salary, the financial metrics were based on a combination of Annual Recurring
Revenue (“ARR”) and Adjusted Operating Profit (with a 50:50 weighting). In the case of Alex Curran’s bonus opportunity of up to
$50,000 linked to her Chief Executive Officer role, the financial measure was based solely on ARR.
In assessing the bonus outturns for 2023, the Committee determined that the initial bonus opportunities set for Mike Johns
and Alex Curran would be reduced by half and based on performance in the second half of 2023. No reduction was made to the
additional $50,000 bonus opportunity to Alex Curran as this already related to second-half performance. Consistent with the
approach adopted for the wider leadership team and other employees participating in bonus arrangements, the financial targets
for Mike and Alex were re-set by reference to performance in the second half, with an appropriate level of stretch.
Details of the performance measures set for the year and the achievements against them are disclosed on page 51. On the basis
of the achievements against the objectives set Mike Johns earned a bonus of £14,577 and Alex Curran earned a bonus of £30,428.
20% of the total bonus payments to Alex Curran and Mike Johns will be paid in the form of shares deferred for a period of two
years, ensuring longer term alignment with the interests of shareholders.
Neither Jeremy Suddards nor Philip Wood received a bonus payment for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards granted in 2023
Under the changes to the Policy agreed in 2023, the maximum PSP award for each Executive Director was increased from 125%
to 150% of salary, with the Committee having the ability to make awards of up to 200% of salary in exceptional circumstance. The
Committee did not utilise the additional headroom in 2023, nor does it have any intention to do so in 2024.
PSP awards were made to Alex Curran and Mike Johns on 6 September 2023 at 125% of salary (in line with our usual level of grant
under the Policy), equal to awards over 121,215 shares and 74,659 shares respectively. The Committee believed that awards at this
level were appropriate given the changes in the Company leadership and the overall incentive levels across the various elements of
the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages. The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the vesting outturns for these awards
having regard to overall Company performance, the wider stakeholder experience, and the outcome of prior year PSP schemes.
The performance conditions for the awards granted in 2023 are 75% attributable to relative TSR and 25% attributable to EPS
growth, which is consistent with the approach taken in 2022. The rationale for the 75:25 weighting is to align the 2023 performance
measures with the Group’s strategic focus of maximising revenue growth in order to support long term growth in the Group’s
share price. Details of the performance measures are set out on page 50. EPS will be assessed for 2025, being the final year of the
EPS performance period. TSR will be assessed over three years from the date of grant of the awards. The awards will be subject to
a two year holding period following the Committee’s determination of vesting at the end of the TSR performance period.
Vesting of Performance Share Plan awards
The PSP awards granted on 7 September 2020 were subject to a three year TSR only performance condition which ended on
7 September 2023. The Remuneration Committee confirmed that these awards achieved nil vesting, as the Company’s TSR in the
performance period was below the median of the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts).
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Statement
42
Stakeholder engagement
The Committee engages with and seeks the views of its key stakeholders, in particular shareholder groups and employees. During
2023, the Committee concluded its consultation with major shareholders and proxy advisors on the proposed changes to the
Policy. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee, with the support of the Company Secretary, also engaged with a number of
shareholder groups on matters relating to the Group’s approach to executive remuneration. The views of these groups were taken
into consideration when proposing changes to the Policy to the 2023 AGM.
As a result of active engagement with employees, the Committee approved making long term incentive awards in 2023 in the form
of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to key individuals outside of the Senior Leadership Team (“SLT”). These awards are in addition to
the PSP awards that will continue to be made to Executive Directors and SLT members. The feedback received had been that RSUs
would provide a clearer means of awarding longer term incentives to international employees across the Group.
The communication with employees around the launch of the RSU scheme has provided a helpful basis for senior leadership, with
support from the Committee, to engage with key members of the international workforce on the linkage between strategy, business
operations and the expectations of investors in UK listed companies. The Committee has continued to engage directly with Executive
Directors and SLT members on matters relating to their remuneration and the remuneration of the wider workforce. In turn, the
Executive Directors and SLT members engage with the wider workforce through individual and team sessions to communicate on
performance and remuneration outcomes. Regular empolyee surveys are used to seek feedback from the wider workforce on a range
of satisfaction measures, including pay and benefits, and relevant feedback is shared with the Committee.
Approach to Executive Director remuneration in 2024
The Group’s approach to Executive remuneration in 2024 will be in line with the Policy and in accordance with the recommendations
of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, as follows:
Executive Director base salaries
In line with policy across the organisation, the Committee reviews the level of base salaries for Executive Directors annually. The review
takes account of business context, personal performance and relative salary data both internal and external to the organisation. Taking
account of business performance and expected progress against the refreshed business strategy, the Committee has agreed with Alex
Curran that her salary be reduced by c11% to US$400,000 from 1 April 2024. Mike Johns’ salary for 2024 will remain at £175,000, the
level at which it was set when he was appointed to the Board.
For all our employees, including the Executive Directors, the Committee maintains a watching brief on the competitiveness of
base salary levels and, should these become misaligned, may look to review and address these, subject to corporate and individual
performance.
Retirement benefits
Pension contributions for Executive Directors remain at 6% of salary in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, a level
which is consistent with pension contributions provided to the wider workforce.
Management Bonus Scheme
For 2024, the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, which is in line with our normal practice.
The level of bonuses earned will be subject to the achievement of appropriate performance measures. 75% of the opportunity will
be based on financial performance measures (expected to be based on Operating Profit, Annual Recurring Revenue and Revenue
with an equal weighting) and 25% on non-financial measures linked to the delivery of the Group’s key strategic goals. In order to
underpin the importance of in year revenue growth in driving overall profitability, Revenue has been added as a specific financial
performance measure for the first time. The payment of any bonus in respect of non-financial measures will be conditional on
the achievement of a financial underpin. A bonus deferral mechanism will continue to be applied, meaning that 20% of any bonus
payment earned will be subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares.
PSP awards
The maximum PSP opportunity will be 125% of salary, in line with 2023. We will grant PSP awards after the release of the half
yearly results and will have regard to share price performance and other relevant factors when confirming the grants.
The performance measures will include a relative TSR measure for at least 50% of the award and at least one other financial
metric, such as EPS. The TSR measure will compare the Group’s TSR performance against a comparator group consisting of the
FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) over a three year period from the date of grant, with 25% vesting for median
performance rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. The weighting of the performance measures and the performance
targets for the other financial metric will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Graphics
43
Looking ahead – key focus areas for the Committee for 2024
During 2024, the Committee will continue to monitor and review our remuneration approach to ensure that it best supports the
areas of strategic focus of the business. The Committee will also continue to oversee the application of the Remuneration Policy
to ensure that Aptitude can continue to attract and retain high calibre individuals across its countries of operation in challenging
global economic conditions which impact both companies and employees.
In 2024, the Committee will continue to oversee the overall remuneration for members of the SLT and other key employees.
Following the introduction of RSUs in 2023, the Committee now has greater flexibility in making long-term incentive awards to
key employees outside the SLT. The Committee will oversee a thorough review of the proposed RSU awards in 2024 to ensure
alignment with the strategic priorities of the business. The Committee will also oversee the communication of these awards to
ensure that the structure of the scheme and potential benefits are clearly understood by recipients across countries.
Reporting and policy requirements
This report comprises:
Part A being a summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting
(which will not be subject to approval at the 2024 AGM); and
Part B being the Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides details of the remuneration to Directors in respect of the year
ended 31 December 2023. This will be subject to an advisory vote at the 2024 AGM.
Compliance
This report (comprising this introduction and Parts A and B) has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and
The Large and Medium Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. It also meets the requirements
of the FCA’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The Committee has further adopted the principles of good
governance as set out in the 2018 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code, in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023.
The Group employs fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom and accordingly is not required to disclose a Chief Executive
Officer (“CEO”) pay ratio calculation. Given that most of its workforce is outside of the UK, the Group considers that the voluntary
publication of such a calculation would not provide a meaningful disclosure. However, in light of the salary level of the current CEO
compared to her predecessor and overall salary levels across the business, the Committee continues to conclude that the CEO pay
ratio would be below median in comparison to its peer group.
The Group has internal processes in place to ensure that pay levels across the Group are fair in relation to industry levels, role type
and gender of employee. Further details on the Group’s approach to diversity and inclusion can be found on page 14.
Information in relation to wider workforce remuneration is provided to the Committee in order that its decisions on remuneration
for Executive Directors and senior management are taken in the context of wider workforce pay.
How the Committee has addressed Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code
Clarity
Performance metrics and personal objectives for the executive team reflect the Group’s targets and strategic objectives and
performance against these is scrutinised by the Committee. A balance is thereby achieved between the interests of the Group’s
shareholders, its wider stakeholders and incentivising the executive team. The introduction of RSUs in 2023 has enabled greater
clarity in the communication of long-term incentives to key employees across countries.
Simplicity
The elements of the Group’s executive remuneration packages are clearly communicated internally and externally and are in line
with accepted market practice, avoiding unnecessary complexities and ensuring transparency. The introduction of RSUs in 2023
has added further simplicity to Aptitude’s long-term incentive arrangements.
Risk
Performance metrics and personal objectives are set at levels that are considered stretching but achievable.
Remuneration packages are reviewed by the Committee to ensure that these are market-competitive and allow the Group to
attract and retain talented employees with the skills and capabilities that are necessary to drive forward the growth and success
of the Group.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Statement
44
In relation to Executive Directors. PSP awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the conclusion of the three-year
performance period, in-service and post-employment shareholding guidelines and a bonus deferral arrangement are in place to
support long term engagement and discourage short-termism.
Predictability
The Committee carefully considers the potential overall remuneration that may be earned by the Executive Directors to ensure
alignment to performance.
Proportionality
Individual remuneration reflects Group objectives but is dependent on the profitability of the Group and is appropriately balanced
against risk considerations. Potential rewards are market competitive and the Committee is comfortable that the range of potential
out-turns are appropriate and reasonable. The vesting of PSP awards is subject to a financial underpin and the Committee has the
ability to vary any formulaic vesting outcomes. The Committee also has discretion to reduce the level of vesting of RSU awards in
light of an assessment of Company performance against a number of criteria.
Salary reviews are considered in the context of those being awarded to the wider workforce. Pension arrangements are also in
line with the wider workforce.
Alignment to culture
Performance metrics and personal objectives are intentionally aligned with the Group’s corporate purpose, values and strategic
objectives. These values are embedded in the remuneration arrangements for all levels of the organisation in order to support the
collective delivery of the Group’s strategy.
Graphics
Directors' Remuneration Report
45
A. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY (“POLICY”)
The Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. A summary
of the Policy for the Executive Directors, Chairman and Non-Executive Directors is set out below.
The entire Policy, as approved by shareholders, may be found on the Group’s website at https://www.aptitudesoftware.com/wp-
content/uploads/Annual-Report-2022.pdf on pages 58 to 66.
This part of the Report is unaudited.
Remuneration policy for Executive Directors
Executive Directors’ Policy Table
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics
Basic salary
To pay a competitive basic salary to attract,
retain and motivate the talent required to
operate and develop the Group’s businesses
and to develop and deliver the Group’s
strategy.
Basic salaries are ordinarily reviewed on an
annual basis taking into account a number of
factors including (but not limited to):
(i) scope of the role;
(ii) performance and experience of the
individual;
(iii) pay levels at comparable companies; and
(iv) pay and conditions elsewhere in the
Group.
Basic salaries are reviewed when an
individual changes role or responsibilities.
While no maximum salary level has been set,
salary increases will typically not exceed the
increases awarded to other employees in the
Group (in percentage of salary terms).
In appropriate circumstances, increases of
a higher amount may be made taking into
account individual circumstances such as:
an increase in scope or responsibility of
the individual’s role;
development of the individual within the
role (including enhanced performance);
alignment to market level; and
a change in the size or complexity of the
business.
None, although overall performance of the
individual will be taken into consideration by
the Committee when setting and reviewing
salary levels.
Retirement benefits
To provide an opportunity for Executives to
build up income for retirement.
All Executive Directors are eligible to
participate in the Group Personal Pension
Scheme on the same terms as other
employees. In appropriate
circumstances, Executive Directors may
receive a cash allowance in lieu of a pension
contribution, or a combination of a pension
contribution and a cash allowance.
Pension contribution
The Group matches employee contributions
on a 2:1 basis with employer contributions
not exceeding 6% of basic salary. No element
other than basic salary is pensionable.
Cash allowance
The maximum cash allowance (after
deducting any employer pension
contribution) is 6% of basic salary.
The maximum pension contribution and/
or cash allowance may be increased to take
account of any increase to the retirement
benefits provision for the wider workforce.
None.
Benefits
To provide market-competitive benefits.
Executive Directors receive benefits which
consist primarily of income protection in
the event of long-term ill health, private
healthcare insurance and death-in-service
benefits.
Other benefits may be provided based on
individual circumstances, such as relocation
and travel expenses.
No maximum value of benefits has been set
as benefits vary by role. However, the level of
benefits provided is set at a level which the
Committee considers to be sufficient based
on the role and individual circumstances.
None.
Management Bonus Scheme
To incentivise and reward strong
performance against financial and non-
financial annual targets, thus delivering value
to shareholders.
The Committee assesses actual performance
compared to the performance targets
following the completion of the financial year
and determines the bonus payable to each
individual.
The Committee has discretion to amend the
pay-out should any formulaic outcome not
reflect the Committee’s assessment
of overall business performance or if it
considers the formulaic output inappropriate
in the context of circumstances that were
unexpected or unforeseen.
For Executive Directors, 20% of any bonus
earned will be deferred into shares for a
period of two years, with the remainder
payable in cash.
Deferred Bonus Plan awards may take
the form of nil (or nominal) cost options,
conditional awards of shares or such other
form as has the same economic effect.
The maximum annual opportunity is 150%
of salary.
Performance measures and targets (and
their weightings where there is more than
one measure) are set by the Committee on
an annual basis to reflect the Company’s
strategic priorities.
At least 75% of the opportunity will be based
on key financial measures, and the balance
will be based on non-financial measures.
Financial measures
Up to 50% of the maximum payable in
respect of a financial measure will be paid for
on target performance, increasing to 100%
for stretch performance.
Non-financial measures
Vesting in respect of any non-financial
measure will be between 0% and 100%
based on the Committee’s assessment of
the extent to which the relevant measure
is achieved. Vesting in respect of any
non-financial measure will ordinarily be
subject to the satisfaction of a financial
performance underpin.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
46
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics
An additional payment may be made in
respect of shares subject to deferred bonus
awards to reflect the value of dividends paid
during the period beginning with the date
of grant and ending with the date of release
(this payment may assume the reinvestment
of dividends into additional shares on a
cumulative basis).
Bonuses are subject to malus and clawback
provisions as referred to below the table.
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
To drive sustained long-term performance
that supports the creation of shareholder
value.
The PSP is used to provide a meaningful
reward to Executive Directors linked to
the long-term success of the business, by
delivering annual awards in the form of nil
(or nominal)-cost options, conditional awards
of shares or such other form as has the same
economic effect.
Awards will be granted subject to
performance conditions, assessed over a
period of at least three years, but will not
vest or become exercisable until the end of
a holding period of two years from the date
on which the performance conditions are
assessed.
Alternatively, awards may be granted on
the basis that the participant is entitled to
acquire shares following the assessment of
the applicable performance conditions but
that (other than as regards sales to cover tax
liabilities) the participant is unable to dispose
of those shares until the end of the holding
period.
The Committee has discretion to vary the
formulaic vesting outturn if it considers that
the outturn does not reflect the Committee’s
assessment of performance or is not
appropriate in the context of circumstances
that were unexpected or unforeseen at grant.
An additional payment may be made in
respect of shares which vest under the PSP
to reflect the value of dividends during any
period beginning with the date of grant and
ending on the day of exercise (this payment
may assume the reinvestment of dividends
into additional shares on a cumulative basis).
Awards under the PSP are subject to malus
and clawback provisions as referred to below
the table.
The Committee may, at its discretion,
structure awards as Qualifying PSP awards
comprising both a tax qualifying option and
an ordinary PSP award, with the ordinary
PSP award scaled back at exercise to take
account of any gain made on the exercise of
the tax qualifying option. The provisions of
the Policy apply to the tax qualifying option
to the extent permitted by the relevant tax
legislation.
The PSP provides for awards of up to a
maximum limit of 150% of basic salary in
respect of any financial year of the Company
in normal circumstances.
In exceptional circumstances (such as on the
recruitment of a new Executive Director)
awards in respect of any financial year may
be granted at the level of up to 200% of
salary.
Where an award is granted as a Qualifying
PSP Award, the shares subject to the
tax qualifying option are not taken into
account for the purposes of these limits,
reflecting the “scale back” referred to in the
“Operation” column.
Vesting of PSP awards is subject to
performance against demanding
performance measures. Performance metrics
will ordinarily be based on financial measures
(such as EPS and TSR) and provide for 25% of
the award to vest for achieving a threshold
level of performance, with vesting typically
increasing on a straight line basis to full
vesting for meeting or exceeding a stretching
maximum level of performance.
Save As You Earn Scheme/
International Sharesave Plan
To give all employees in the Group the
opportunity to buy shares.
All qualifying employees and Executive
Directors of the Group are invited to
participate in the Save As You Earn Scheme
or International Sharesave Plan.
Awards must comply with certain legislative
requirements to benefit from beneficial tax
treatment.
Employees can save up to £500 per month
(being the highest amount permitted under
the relevant legislation) for a three year
period, and can then use those savings to
acquire shares at the end of the period at an
exercise price set at the start of the savings
contract. Awards in the United Kingdom
can be made at a discount of up to 20%
to the market value of a share (being the
highest level of discount permitted under the
applicable legislation).
None.
Graphics
47
Notes to the Policy Table
Selection of performance measures
The performance measures under the Management Bonus Scheme and PSP are selected to reflect the main KPIs and strategic
priorities for the Group. The Committee’s policy is to set performance targets which are both stretching and achievable and that
the maximum outcomes are only available for outstanding performance.
Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may be amended or substituted by the Committee if an event occurs (such
as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions)
which causes the Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required in order
that they achieve their original purpose.
Operation of share plans
The Committee has discretion to operate the Company’s share plans (including the PSP, the Deferred Bonus Plan, the Save As You
Earn Scheme and the International Sharesave Plan) in accordance with their terms, including the ability to settle awards, in whole
or in part, in cash and to adjust the terms of awards in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any demerger,
delisting, special dividend or other relevant event. The Committee has no intention to settle any Executive Director’s award in cash
and would do so only in exceptional circumstances, such as where there was a regulatory restriction on the delivery of shares, or
in respect of any tax liability arising in respect of an award.
Shareholding guidelines
During employment, Executive Directors are expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary,
by the end of the three year period following their appointment to the Board. Directors are not expected to acquire shares in
the market in order to meet this guideline, but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans.
Shares subject to PSP awards which have vested but which remain subject to a holding period, shares subject to vested but
unexercised PSP awards and shares subject to Deferred Bonus Plan awards count towards the guideline on a net of assumed tax
basis. Shareholdings will be valued on an annual basis at 31 December for the purpose of this guideline.
Other senior executives must retain half of the after-tax number of shares they acquire pursuant to the PSP until the day that their
shareholding has a value equal to their basic salary.
The Company adopted a post-employment shareholding requirement during 2020. Shares are subject to this requirement only if
they are acquired from share plan awards (PSP or Deferred Bonus Plan) granted after 1 January 2020. Following employment, an
Executive Director must retain:
until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the year in which they leave the business, such of their shares which
are subject to the post-employment requirement as are equal to the shareholding guideline that applies during employment
(currently 200% of salary); and
until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the following year, such of those shares as are equal to 50% of the
shareholding guideline that applies during employment;
or in either case and if fewer, all of those shares.
Malus and clawback
Malus may be applied before a bonus is paid or before the assessment of performance conditions in relation to a PSP award.
Clawback may be applied to a cash bonus for up to two years after payment, to a PSP award for up to two years following the
assessment of performance conditions (i.e. up to the end of the two year holding period) and to a Deferred Bonus Plan award
before it vests.
Malus and clawback may be applied in the event of a material misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing performance
conditions, misconduct on the part of the participant, fraud, malpractice, corporate failure, serious reputational damage or a
material failure of risk management.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
48
Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors
The Policy for Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board having taken account of the fees in other companies of similar size and
the limits set in the Company’s Articles of Association. When recruiting Non-Executive Directors, the remuneration offered will
be in line with the Policy table below.
Non-Executive Directors’ Policy Table
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures
Fees
To attract and retain Non-Executive
Directors of the highest calibre with broad
commercial and other experience relevant
to the Company.
Each Non-Executive Director is paid a
basic fee. Additional fees are payable for
acting as Senior Independent Director and
as Chairman of the Audit, Remuneration
and Nomination Committees and may
be paid for other roles or increased time
commitments.
The fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors
are determined by the Board.
Fee levels are determined by reference
to fees paid to Non-Executive Directors in
similar sized businesses and the expected
time commitment and complexity of the
role.
The Non-Executive Directors are not
eligible to participate in the Companys
performance-related incentive plans or
pension arrangements.
Non-Executive Directors may be eligible
to receive benefits such as the use of
secretarial support, travel costs and
other benefits that may be considered
appropriate.
Non-Executive Director fees are typically
reviewed by the Board every year with any
adjustments ordinarily effective from 1 April
each year.
Increases typically do not exceed those
of the wider workforce, however, in
appropriate circumstances, increases of a
higher amount may be made taking into
account individual circumstances such as:
an increase in scope or responsibility of
the individual’s role;
alignment to market level; and
a change in the size or complexity of the
business.
The maximum aggregate fees for all
Non-Executive Directors will remain within
the limit permitted by the Companys
Articles of Association from time to time.
None.
B ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
The following section provides details of how the Company’s Remuneration Policy was implemented during the year ended
31 December 2023 along with information on how the Policy is to be applied in 2024 and other required disclosures. The sections
of the report which are audited are clearly identified as such in the section heading.
Role of the Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s primary function is to ensure that the delivery of the Company’s strategy is supported by the Company’s
Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) and that remuneration decisions are taken in accordance with the Policy and reflect the needs of
the Company and its stakeholders. The Committee’s responsibilities during 2023 included:
finalising the proposed changes to the Policy for approval by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, following the conclusion of a
consultation with major shareholders;
approving remuneration arrangements for the new CEO and CFO, reflecting their initial appointments on an acting basis and
their subsequent permanent appointments;
approving remuneration arrangements for newly appointed members of the Senior Leadership Team;
assessing and approving the implementation of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) as a means of more appropriately awarding
long term incentives to key employees who are not Executive Directors or members of the Senior Leadership Team;
approving final remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors and members of the Senior Leadership Team who
departed the business in 2023; and
making other routine remuneration decisions in accordance with the Policy, including the approval of annual salary increases
and the awarding of annual bonuses, PSPs and RSUs on appropriate terms. Also confirming that the 2020 PSP had nil vesting,
in light of company performance against the performance condition.
The Committee’s full terms of reference provide further details of the roles and responsibilities of the Committee and are available
on the Company’s website.
Graphics
49
Remuneration Committee membership in 2023
The membership of the Remuneration Committee throughout 2023 comprised Barbara Moorhouse (Committee Chair), Ivan
Martin and Sara Dickinson.
Only Committee members have the right to attend Committee meetings, though other individuals such as the Executive Directors
may attend by invitation. Deloitte LLP provide independent remuneration advice to the Committee. Other external consultants
provide advice to the Committee from time to time. No individuals are involved in decisions relating to their own remuneration.
The Committee held seven scheduled meetings, plus a number of additional ad hoc meetings for the purpose of approving specific
matters during the financial year. Details of members’ attendance at meetings are provided in the Corporate Governance section
on page 37.
Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
Executive Directors
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year ended
31 December 2023 and the prior year.
Alex Curran
1
Mike Johns
2
Jeremy Suddards
3
Philip Wood
4
2023
£
2022
£
2023
£
2022
£
2023
£
2022
£
2023
£
2022
£
Basic Salary 133,578 N/A 109,124
N/A
187,740
307,500
104,415
258,769
Taxable
Benefits
5
5,867 N/A 12
N/A
743
1,286
693
1,716
Pension 2,414 N/A 6,553
N/A
11,265
17,100
6,422
15,170
Management Bonus
6
30,428 N/A 14,577
N/A
65,707
48,973
Long Term Incentives N/A
N/A
Total 172,287 N/A 130,266
N/A
199,748
391,593
111,530
324,628
Total
Fixed
Remuneration
141,859 N/A 115,689
N/A
199,748
325,886
111,530
275,655
Total
Variable
Remuneration
30,428 N/A 14,577
N/A 65,707 48,793
1 Alex Curran was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2023. Her single total figure of remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from her date of appointment and excludes any
remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which
the Management Bonus was earned - see commentary on pages 50 and 51 on the assessment of performance for the 2023 Management Bonus. As Alex is paid in USD, her monthly
fixed remuneration has been converted to GBP based on the FX rates at each month end. Her management bonus has been converted to GBP based on the FX rate at 31 December
2023.
2 Mike Johns was appointed to the Board on 17 May 2023. His single total figure of remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from his date of appointment and excludes any
remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which
the Management Bonus was earned - see commentary on pages 50 and 51 on the assessment of performance for the 2023 Management Bonus.
3 Jeremy Suddards stepped down as Director of the Company on 27 July 2023. He received his full basic salary, pension and benefits up until that date and retained those PSP and
Deferred Bonus Plan awards for which the performance period had already concluded. Information in relation to certain other payments made to him is set out on page 53.
4 Philip Wood stepped down as Director of the Company on 20 July 2023. He received a pro-rated amount of basic salary, pension and benefits up until that date to reflect the reduced
time commitment during his notice period.
5 Taxable benefits consist primarily of private healthcare insurance.
6 See below for details of bonuses earned under the Management Bonus Scheme in respect of 2023.
Non-Executive Directors
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director (including Ivan Martin,
Non-Executive Chairman) who served during the year ended 31 December 2023 and the prior year. As the Non-Executive Directors
do not participate in any variable remuneration arrangement, separate sub-totals for fixed and variable remuneration are not
included.
Ivan
Martin
Barbara
Moorhouse
Sara
Dickinson
2023
£
2022
£
2023
£
2022
£
2023
£
2022
£
Basic Salary
1
161,088 154,584 52,000 49,901 52,000 49,901
Committee Chair/SID Fees 6,510 6,247 16,180 14,223 9,245 7,136
Total 167,598 160,831 68,180 64,124 61,245 57,037
1. Non-Executive Directors’ fees were increased with effect from 1 April 2023 as disclosed in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
50
Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2023 (audited)
Management Bonus Scheme
The Committee’s approach to the determination of bonuses for the Executive Directors in respect of 2023 is set out in the
statement from the Chair of the Committee on page 41. As described in that statement, each Executive Director was initially
awarded a maximum bonus opportunity of 80% of their salary (the “Management Bonus”) and Alex Curran was awarded an
additional maximum bonus opportunity of up to $50,000 specifically linked to the Chief Executive Role in the second half
(the “Chief Executive Bonus”). The Management Bonus opportunities were subsequently reduced by half and assessed by
reference to performance in the second half of the year, with the financial performance measures being re-set accordingly. The
performance measures and the achievements against them are set out below.
As in previous years, the Committee determined that 75% of the Management Bonus opportunity for each Executive Director
would be based on performance against financial metrics, being a combination of Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) and
Adjusted Operating Profit (weighted 50:50), with the remaining 25% based on non-financial objectives specific to each
individual. 75% of the Chief Executive Bonus was similarly based on financial metrics, based solely on ARR, with the remaining
25% based on non-financial objectives.
Financial performance measures (75% of the bonus opportunity)
As set out in the statement from the Committee Chair, and consistent with the approach adopted for the wider leadership
team and other employees participating in bonus arrangements, the financial targets were re-set during the year so that
they would be assessed only by reference to performance in the second half of the year. The table below sets out the re-set
targets, performance against them, and the amount of bonus earned by Alex Curran and Mike Johns by reference to Company
performance against financial measures.
Bonus Measure Weighting
Threshold at
which bonuses
accrued
On-target
performance
level
Stretch
performance
Level
Actual
performance
Level
Amount of
bonus earned
(% of salary)
Management Bonus
(applicable to each
Executive Director)
Annual Recurring
Revenue
50% of the financial
measures opportunity
£52.5m £54.1m £55.7m £51.3m £0
Operating Profit
2
50% of the financial
measures opportunity
£9.7m £10.1m £10.4m £9.9m Alex Curran:
£12,764
Mike Johns:
£7,577
Chief Executive Bonus
(applicable to Alex
Curran only)
Annual Recurring
Revenue
100% of the financial
measures opportunity
£52.5m £54.1m £55.7m £51.3m £0
1. The recurring revenue base target was set on a constant currency basis, using a planned conversion rate from USD of 1.26. The actual reported result of £51.1 million was converted
using the prevailing year end USD rate of 1.27.
2. Operating profit has been adjusted to remove the impact of any non-underlying items. The target and actual operating profit amounts are shown prior to any adjustments for the
Management Bonus Scheme.
Graphics
51
Non-financial performance measures (25% of the bonus opportunity for both
the Management Bonus and the Chief Executive Bonus) (audited)
A number of non-financial measures for 2023 aligned to key strategic goals were set for Alex Curran and Mike Curran on their
appointments to the Board. A summary of the Committee’s assessment of their performance against the goals is provided.
Alex Curran
Measure Committee assessment of performance
Implement a refocussed strategic plan for the Group. A refocussed strategic plan was communicated in 2023, and steps were commenced to implement this
plan. These steps will continue in 2024 to support its delivery.
Define and implement a target operating system and
leadership structure.
A revised global organisation structure and Senior Leadership Team was put in place to support
business growth and improved client experience. Defined business initiatives and objectives and key
results (“OKRs”) have been implemented for 2024.
Building strong pipelines and delivering new deals. The deal pipeline has been strengthened, particularly for Fynapse. In 2023, there have been new deals
across the product suite.
Enhance overall partnership capabilities. Strong work was undertaken with partners, and in particular with Microsoft. In 2023, full integration to
D365 and enablement on the Azure cloud platform was achieved and a partnership agreement entered
into with a large reseller in the Microsoft partner environment.
Drive a performance sales culture across functions. A revised global go-to-market approach has been developed to support the refocused strategy. Steps
have commenced to embed this approach, including the appointment of a Chief Revenue Officer to
drive performance across go-to-market teams.
Overall, the Committee concluded that, in light of the progress made against objectives, Alex Curran would receive a bonus
of £17,664 under the non-financial element of the 2023 bonus, reflecting an overall assessment of performance against the
personal objectives set of between threshold and on-target. Overall this resulted in a total 2023 bonus being earned by Alex
Curran of £30,428.
Mike Johns
Measure Committee assessment of performance
Leadership of the Finance, Commercial and Company
Secretarial functions.
There had been strong leadership of the Finance, Commercial and Company Secretarial functions, with
good engagement and low unplanned attrition.
Control of investment levels in the business to secure
profitability targets set for the year.
Cost reduction measures taken in 2023 resulted in the achievement of a lower than planned cost base.
This will provide a good basis to support targeted investment and drive profitability.
Improvement of operating margins across the Group’s
product lines.
Close work has been undertaken to identify measures to drive the best benefits under the refocused
strategy. These measures will be implemented through the revised go-to-market approach.
Management of timely forecasts and proactive
measurement of progress against targets.
Processes underpinning business forecasts and measurement of progress are being re-evaluated and
aligned to support delivery of the refocused strategy.
The Committee concluded that, in light of the progress made against objectives, Mike Johns would receive a bonus of £7,000
under the non-financial element of the 2023 bonus, reflecting an overall assessment of performance for 2023 against the personal
objectives set as being between threshold and on-target. Overall, this resulted in a total 2023 bonus being earned by Mike Johns
of £14,577.
20% of the bonus payments shown are subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares. Deferred bonus awards
will be granted following the release of the 2023 Annual Results are not subject to any additional performance conditions and are
treated on cessation of employment in accordance with the Directors' Remuneration Policy.
PSP awards vesting in respect of performance in 2023 (audited)
The PSP awards granted on 7 September 2020 were subject to a three year, TSR only performance condition and the performance
period ended on 7 September 2023. The Remuneration Committee confirmed that these awards achieved nil vesting, as the
Company’s TSR in the performance period was below the median of the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding
investment trusts).
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
52
Share awards granted during the year (audited)
On 6 September 2023 share options under the Performance Share Plan were awarded to Alex Curran and Mike Johns. Each award
was granted in the form of an option with an exercise price of 7 1/3 pence per share. The awards were made at 125% of salary, in
line with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM (in line with the commitment in the 2022 Directors’
Remuneration Report of not utilising the additional headroom for PSP grants approved in that new Policy). In the case of Alex
Curran, the award was calculated by reference to her salary as Acting Chief Executive Officer of $358,000 applying at the date of
grant and not her higher salary as permanent Chief Executive Officer which will apply for the majority of the performance period.
The Remuneration Committee has approved awards at this level as appropriate given the changes in the Company leadership and
the overall incentive levels across the various elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages. The Remuneration
Committee will consider the vesting outturns determined by reference to the performance conditions and retains discretion
in relation to the total level of reward arising from the 2023 award having regard to overall Company performance, the wider
stakeholder experience, and the outcome of prior year PSP schemes.
Executive Director
Number of shares
subject
to award Basis of award
Face value of
award
1
% of award vesting
for threshold
performance
Alex Curran
121,215
125% of salary £355,160
2
25%
Mike Johns
74,659
125% of salary £218,751 25%
1. Based on a share price of £2.93 being the average of the mid-market closing share price on the three days prior to the date of grant.
2 As Alex’s salary is in USD, a USD:GBP FX rate of 1.26 was applied, representing the FX rate at the month end prior to the granting of awards.
The vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of the performance conditions based on:
(a) as regards 75% of the shares subject to the options, the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) measured over the
period of three years commencing on the date of grant, compared with the TSR of a comparator group consisting of the
companies constituting the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) as follows:
Percentage of the options subject to the TSR
performance condition that vests
Rank of the Company’s TSR against the TSR of the
members of the comparator Group
0% Below median
25% Median
Determined on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100% Between median and upper quartile
100% Upper quartile
(b) as regards the other 25% of the shares subject to the options, the Company’s Earnings Per Share (EPS) for the 2025 financial
year, being the final financial year of the EPS performance period, as follows:
Percentage of the options subject to the EPS
performance condition that vests
Diluted EPS for the final year of the performance
period
0% Less than 15.74 pence
25% 15.74 pence
Determined on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100% Between 15.74 pence and 18.10 pence
100% 18.10 pence or more
The awards are also subject to a further underpin condition. No element of any award will vest unless the Committee determines
that the level of vesting reflects the overall financial performance of the Group over the performance period.
These awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the end of the performance period.
Graphics
53
Termination payments and payments to past Directors (audited)
Jeremy Suddards
Jeremy Suddards, former Chief Executive Officer, stepped down as a Director of the Company on 27 July 2023 and his final date
of employment with the Aptitude Group was 31 July 2023. After this date he received pay in lieu of notice for six months, and the
Group continued to make contributions to his Group Personal Pension Scheme (in aggregate these amounted to £167,652). He
continued to participate in the Group’s private healthcare insurance arrangements until the end of 2023. Jeremy also received
£25,000 as a contribution to legal costs and outplacement support and for the loss of some minor benefits.
He was not eligible to earn a bonus for the proportion of 2023 for which he was employed.
In line with the Company’s Remuneration Policy, Jeremy retained his outstanding DBP awards and the PSP award granted to him in
2019 for which the performance period had ended and which is subject to a two-year holding period. His other PSP awards lapsed.
Philip Wood
Philip Wood, former Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, stepped down from the Board on 20 July 2023. As
reported in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report Philip received his salary, pension and benefits pro-rated accordingly for the
reduction in his hours during the six-month period to his final date of employment.
Philip was not eligible to earn a bonus for the proportion of 2023 for which he was employed and did not receive a PSP award for
2023. In line with the Remuneration Policy, Philip retained his outstanding DBP awards and the PSP awards granted in 2019 for
which the performance period had ended and which is subject to a two-year holding period. His other PSP awards lapsed.
Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2024
Basic salary
As explained on page 42, the salary of Alex Curran will be reduced in 2024 to $400,000 and the salary of Mike Johns will remain
at £175,000.
Management Bonus Scheme
In the updated Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, the maximum bonus opportunity that can be
awarded to Executive Directors by the Remuneration Committee was increased from 125% of salary to 150% of salary. However,
for 2024 the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, with 50% of the maximum paid for on
target performance.
Bonuses will be based on performance compared to a number of financial metrics (as regards 75% of the overall opportunity) and
the achievement of a number of non-financial performance measures set for the year (as regards 25% of the overall opportunity).
The financial metrics are expected to include Operating Profit, Revenue and Annual Recurring Revenue growth. The non-financial
performance measures will be subject to a financial underpin. In the view of the Committee the measures and targets are
commercially sensitive as they give competitors information in relation to the Company’s targets and plans. Information will be
disclosed when no longer considered commercially sensitive, as with the disclosure of the 2023 bonus outturn on pages 50 and
51. 20% of any bonus earned will be deferred into shares for a period of two years. Deferred shares will be granted following
announcement of the Company’s results by which the bonus payment was determined. An additional payment may also be made
in shares to reflect the value of any dividends paid during the two year deferral period.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
54
Long-term incentives
Awards under the PSP will be granted to Executive Directors in 2024. Under the Remuneration Policy, the maximum grant of PSP
for Executive Directors is 150% of salary, except in exceptional circumstances (such as on the recruitment of a new Executive
Director) where awards may be granted at the level of up to 200% of salary. In 2024 the maximum PSP opportunity will remain at
125% of salary. The performance measures will include a relative TSR measure for at least 50% of the award and at least one other
financial metric, such as EPS. As with the awards granted in 2023, the TSR performance measure will compare the Company’s TSR
performance with a comparator group consisting of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts), with 25% of the TSR
element vesting for performance at median, rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. TSR performance will be assessed
over the three year period from the date of grant. Details of the other financial measure (and of the associated targets) and of the
weightings between the measures will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report. Targets will be
set to ensure that full vesting requires the achievement of stretching levels of performance, with threshold performance delivering
25% vesting. The awards will be subject to a two year holding period following the end of the performance period, at the end of
which they will vest and can be exercised. An additional payment will also be made in shares to reflect the value of any dividends
paid during the two year holding period. In line with market practice, the Committee has determined that Redundancy will not
be an automatic Good Leaver circumstance in future PSP awards, and the rules of the scheme have been adjusted accordingly.
Non-Executive Director fees
Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors were increased with effect from 1 April 2023 as disclosed in last year’s
Directors’ Remuneration Report.
For 2024, the Committee has reviewed the Chairman’s fee and the Board of Directors have reviewed the fees for the other Non-
Executive Directors. Following these reviews, no increases to fees will be made, as per the table below:
Fee at 31 December
2023
Fee at 1 April
2024
Chairman £162,575 £162,575
Basic Non-Executive Director fee
£
52,480 £52,480
Audit Committee Chair fee £9,330 £9,330
Remuneration Committee Chair fee £8,165 £8,165
Senior Independent Director fee £8,165 £8,165
Nomination Committee Chair fee £6,570 £6,570
The Board of Directors meets without the Non-Executive Directors present to review the Non-Executive Director and Non-
Executive Chairman fees and these are set with consideration to salary increases received by the wider workforce.
Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in Directors’ remuneration from the prior year compared to the average percentage
change in remuneration for all other employees. The reporting regulations require that the average percentage change for other
employees is based on the employees of Aptitude Software Group plc. However, the Company only has two employees other than
the Directors. Therefore, to provide a meaningful comparison, and consistent with the approach in prior years, this is based on all
United Kingdom employees in the Group, which is considered the most appropriate comparator group. For the purposes of this
disclosure, remuneration comprises salary, benefits (excluding pension) and annual bonus earned in respect of variable pay paid
in the year only.
Graphics
55
Financial
year
2
Salary Taxable benefits Single year variable
Executive
Directors
1
Jeremy Suddards
3
2022-2023
(38.9%) (59.6%) (100%)
2021 - 2022
11.3%
(4.3%)
(60.7%)
2020 - 2021 10.5% 3.7% 182.4%
2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A
Philip Wood
4
2022-2023
(42.2%) (59.6%) (100%)
2021 - 2022
3.1% (7.8%)
(68.6%)
2020 - 2021 3.5% 7.0% 169.3%
2019 - 2020
(
2.5%)
17.6%
(
41.3%)
Non-Executive
Directors
Ivan Martin
5
2022-2023 4.2% N/A N/A
2021 - 2022 6.7% N/A N/A
2020 - 2021 6.8% N/A N/A
2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A
Barbara Moorhouse
2022-2023 6.3% N/A N/A
2021 - 2022
15.4%
N/A N/A
2020 - 2021 3.6% N/A N/A
2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A
Sara Dickinson
6
2022-2023 7.4% N/A N/A
2021 - 2022
19.9%
N/A N/A
2020 - 2021 N/A N/A N/A
2019 - 2020 N/A N/A N/A
Other employees
7
2022-2023 9.8% 7.9% (1.3%)
2021 - 2022 7.7% 29.6% 106.3%
2020 - 2021 4.3% 22.0% 0.6%
2019 - 2020
1.6%
3.0%
34.1%
1. Any statement of percentage change is not considered a meaningful comparison for Alex Curran or Mike Johns due to their internal appointments to Executive Director roles in 2023.
2. Explanatory notes relating to the prior year figures are included in the relevant year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.
3 Jeremy Suddards stepped down from the Board on 27 July 2023 and the percentage change reflects actual salary and benefits received in 2023.
4 Philip Wood stepped down from the Board on 20 July 2023 and received a pro-rated amount of salary and benefits up until that date to reflect the reduced time commitment during
his notice period. His 2023 salary and benefits prior to pro ration have been annualised for comparative purposes.
5. The salary received by Ivan Martin during 2021 and 2022 included the addition of a fee for Chairing the Nomination Committee.
6. Sara Dickinson was appointed on 1 October 2021 and therefore her 2021 salary has been annualised for comparative purposes.
7. Based on the United Kingdom employees only as the most appropriate comparator group.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the percentage change in spend on pay and shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends) from the financial
year ended 31 December 2022 to the financial year ended 31 December 2023, based upon continuing operations.
% change
2023
£000
2022
£000
Return to shareholders in year
0.1% 3,096
3,093
Employee remuneration
(2.3%)
44,592
45,622
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
56
Comparison of Company performance
The following graph shows the Company’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance
of the FTSE SmallCap Index for the ten years ended 31 December 2023. The Committee considers that the FTSE SmallCap Index is
the most appropriate comparison across the period given the similarities between the Company and the companies forming this
index.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Dec 2013 Dec2014 Dec2015 Dec2016 Dec2017 Dec2018 Dec2019 Dec2020 Dec2021 Dec2022 Dec2023
Aptitude
Value of £100 invested on 31 December 2013
FTSE SmallCap
Total Shareholder Return (rebased to £100)
Graphics
57
Table of historic remuneration
The table below details the total remuneration, bonus award as a percentage of maximum opportunity and long-term incentive
awards vesting as a percentage of maximum opportunity for the Group’s senior executive officer(s) for each of the years from
2014 - 2022 (inclusive).
Year Total Remuneration
Bonus Award
as a percentage
of maximum
opportunity
Long term
incentives vesting
as a percentage
of maximum
opportunity
2023 Alex Curran (Chief Executive Officer)
1
£197,287 19.39% n/a
3
Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer)
2
£199,748 n/a n/a
3
2022 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £391,593 16.69% n/a
2021 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £578,407 46.90% 43.2%
2020 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £387,630 78.67% 26.60%
2019 Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software Group plc) £1,634,545 0.00% 100.00%/
75.50%
2018 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £776,610 0.00% 100.00%
Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £858,130 0.00% 100.00%
2017 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £270,075 35.25% n/a
Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £433,437 86.25% n/a
2016 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £1,141,653 50.00% 98.53%
Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £1,269,113 92.50% 98.53%
2015 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £199,375 n/a n/a
2014 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £275,000 n/a n/a
1 Alex Curran was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2023. Her total remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from her date of appointment and excludes any remuneration received
in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. Her maximum opportunity is shown based on performance in the second half of 2023.
2 Jeremy Suddards stepped down as Director of the Company on 27 July 2023. His total remuneration to that date is shown.
3 There were no Performance Share Plan awards that vested in relation to a period ended 31 December 2023.
Explanatory notes relating to the prior years' figures are included in previous Directors' Remuneration Reports.
Directors’ shareholdings and shareholding requirement (audited)
The interests of those persons who served as Directors during 2023 and their families in the ordinary shares of the Company as at
31 December 2023 (or, if earlier, the date of their retirement from the Board) were as follows:
Ordinary shares at
31 December 2023 (or, if
earlier, the date of
retirement from
the Board)
Ordinary
shares
at 31 December
2022
Ivan Martin 225,000 225,000
Philip Wood (resigned on 20 July 2023) 217,352 216,341
Barbara Moorhouse
Jeremy Suddards (resigned on 27 July 2023) 25,955 24,924
Sara Dickinson
Alex Curran 11,923 N/A
Mike Johns N/A
There have been no changes since 31 December 2023 to the shareholdings of any current Director. None of the Directors had
an interest in the shares of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or in any significant contracts of the Group. Details of
Directors’ interests in shares and options under Company long-term incentives are set out in the sections below.
Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
58
Under the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, Executive Directors are
expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary, by the end of the three year period following
their appointment to the Board. Directors are not expected to acquire shares in the market in order to meet this guideline,
but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans. Further information on this shareholding
guideline can be found on page 47.
Directors’ interests under Company share plans (audited)
The table below shows the interests of each Director who served during 2023 as at 31 December 2023 in the Company’s share
plans.
Director Grant
Shares subject
to award as at
1 January
2023
Granted
in 2023
Exercised
in 2023
Lapsed
in 2023
Shares subject
to awards as at
31 December 2023 Status
Jeremy Suddards Long term incentive plan
2019 36,797 - 36,797 Vested but unexercised
2020 69,321 69,321 Lapsed
2021
1
57,676 57,676 Lapsed
2022
2
98,300 98,300 Lapsed
262,094 225,297 36,797
Deferred bonus plan
2021 1,899 1,899 Exercised
2021
(dividend
equivalent)
56 56 Exercised
2022 11,064 11,064 Unvested
2023 3,691 3,691 Unvested
12,963 3,747 1,955 14,755
Philip Wood Long term incentive plan
2018 13,246 13,246 Exercised
2019 27,045 27,045 Vested but unexercised
2020 54,348 54,348 Lapsed
2021
1
40,934 40,934 Lapsed
2022
2
66,593 66,593 Lapsed
202,166 13,246 161,875 202,166
Deferred bonus plan
2021 1,861 1,861 Exercised
2021
(dividend
equivalent)
56 56 Exercised
2022 10,339 10,339 Unvested
2023 2,751 2,751 Unvested
12,200 2,807 1,917 13,090
Alex Curran Long term incentive plan
2020 31,318 31,318 Lapsed
2021
1
15,733 15,733 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
2022
2
49,029 49,029 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
2023
3
121,215 121,215 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
96,080 121,215 31,318 185,977
Graphics
59
Director Grant
Shares subject
to award as at
1 January
2023
Granted
in 2023
Exercised
in 2023
Lapsed
in 2023
Shares subject
to awards as at
31 December 2023 Status
Mike Johns Long term incentive plan
2020 3,416 3,416 Lapsed
2021
1
3,076 3,076 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
2022
2
9,570 9,570 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
2023
3
74,659 74,659 Unvested, subject to
performance conditions
16,062 74,659 3,416 87,305
1 The awards granted in 2021 are subject to a performance condition described on page 64 of the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts.
2 The awards granted in 2022 are subject to a performance condition described on page 72 of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts.
3 The awards granted in 2023 are subject to a performance condition described on page 52 of this report.
Advisors
In fulfilling its role, the Committee seeks professional advice when considered appropriate to do so. Deloitte LLP is retained
to provide independent advice on executive remuneration to the Committee as required. Independent advisors on executive
remuneration, were made available to the Committee during the year. Deloitte LLP’s total fees for the provision of remuneration
services to the Committee in 2023 were £9,950 (2022: £28,750). After careful consideration the Committee is satisfied that the
advice provided by Deloitte LLP is independent and objective. Deloitte LLP also advise the Group on the operation of its share
plans, associated tax matters and remuneration disclosure matters.
Deloitte LLP is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its Code of Conduct for
consultants to Remuneration Committees of United Kingdom-listed companies, details of which can be found at
www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.
Statement of shareholder voting
At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 17 May 2023, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders
as follows:
Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Total number
of votes
% of votes
cast
For (including discretionary) 48,458,132 96.65%
Against 1,679,310 3.35%
Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,137,442 100.00%
Votes withheld 6,179
Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,143,621
At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 17 May 2023, the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31
December 2022 was approved by shareholders as follows:
Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2022
Total number
of votes
% of votes
cast
For (including discretionary) 49,190,673 98.11%
Against 946,769 1.89%
Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,137,442 100.00%
Votes withheld 6,179
Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,143,621
Note: Withheld votes are not included in the final voting figures as they are not recognised as a vote in law.
The Remuneration Committee give its thanks to shareholders for the engagement shown through the consultation process around
the revised Remuneration Policy, for the constructive and helpful comments received and for the support shown in voting for the
changes.

Graphics
Directors’ Remuneration Report
60
The Remuneration Report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024 and signed
on its behalf by:
Barbara Moorhouse
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
20 March 2024

Graphics
Directors' Report
61
DirectorsReport
The Directors of Aptitude Software Group plc (the “Company”) present their report and the audited consolidated financial
statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the financial statements and notes on pages 78 to 132. As explained in the Chairman’s
Statement, the Directors propose the payment of a final dividend of 3.6 pence per share, making a total of 5.4 pence per share
for the year (2022 total: 5.4 pence). Subject to shareholder approval, the proposed final dividend will be paid on 14 June 2024 to
shareholders on the register at close of business on 24 May 2024.
Principal activities
Aptitude Software Group plc is a market-leading provider of software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance. The
Company and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this Annual Report as the “Group”. The Group’s products and services are
detailed within the Chief Executive Officer’s Report.
Key performance indicators
Key Performance Indicators are set for the Group and can be found in the reports on page 2. These are Revenue Growth, Operating
Profit (before Non-Underlying Items) Growth and Annual Recurring Revenue Growth.
Future developments
Details of the Group’s future developments are provided in the Chief Executive Officer’s Report on page 6.
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors
are required under company law and under the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare the Group financial
statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The Directors have elected under Company law
to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.
The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present
fairly the financial position of the Group and the Company and the financial performance of the Group. The Companies Act 2006
provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a
true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.
In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company
will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Graphics
Directors' Report
62
Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business
model and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Directors and Advisers section, confirm that, to the best of each
person’s knowledge:
the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and losses of the Company and the undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole; and
the Directors’ Report contained in the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the
Aptitude Software Group plc website.
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation
in other jurisdictions.
Board and Committee roles and responsibilities
Details of the key responsibilities of the Board, its individual members and the Committees of the Board are published on the
Group’s website at www.aptitudesoftware.com.
Going concern and long-term viability statement
In accordance with Provision 31 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”), the Directors have assessed the prospects
of the Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the “Going Concern” provision as part of our viability review
set out below. See page 84 for the Group’s assessment on going concern. The Board determined that it would be reasonable to
perform a review of the Group’s cash flows and other key financial indicators of three years and considered this appropriate given
the period aligns the Group’s viability statement with its planning time horizon in respect of its three-year strategic plan and is
suitable given the nature and investment cycle of a technology business. Cash flows over this period have a relatively high degree
of predictability, as the business continues to grow its software revenues. Projections beyond this period become less reliable
given the inherent uncertainty of technology and market developments, supplemented by the uncertainties surrounding the
global economy. The Directors have no reason to believe the Group would not be viable over a longer period. However, due to
this uncertainty, the Directors consider a three-year period to be appropriate in forming a reasonable expectation on the Group’s
longer-term viability.
In forming a viability statement, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that could
impair the solvency and liquidity of the Group. This is based on the Group’s current position, its strategy, and associated principal
risks with scenarios including an assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects. The Group is operating in a net current asset
position at the balance sheet date and retains significant cash balances benefiting from its annual licence fee or subscription
model in which the majority of its customers pay annually in advance.
Scenario models are reviewed by the Board and the Audit Committee and are a foundation for the Group’s strategic plan. The
financial forecasts contained in the plan make certain assumptions about the uptake of new annual licences and subscriptions and
the performance of other core revenue streams. As part of the assessment the Group stress tests the plan using various scenarios.
To achieve this, management reviewed the principal risks and considered which might threaten the Group’s viability. Based on the
assessment, the Group concluded that the current level of future contracted revenue, totalling £81 million at 31 December 2023,
would require being supplemented by £28.9 million of revenue realised from either new business opportunities or generated from
the base across the three year period which is well below planned levels. Across each of the scenarios tested, the Group has also
not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made to ensure it remains viable. It was therefore determined that
none of the individual risks would in isolation compromise the Group’s viability, and so several different severe scenarios were
considered where the principal risks arose in combination.
The scenarios considered to be the most significant in performing the assessment of viability and the combination of principal
risks involved are detailed in the scenario modelling section on page 64, all of which are considered extremely remote. In addition
the Group sets out separate assessments of why the Group believes that these do not represent risks which might threaten the
viability of the Group.

Graphics
63
Principal risks
The risk that the Group fails to comply with its contractual and legal obligations, including those relating to data confidentiality,
resulting in damages, regulatory penalties and fines.
The risk that the Group utilises a significant proportion of its existing cash reserves to implement an acquisition strategy
which does not yield the expected return on investment.
The risk that the Group decides to perform a significant return of value to shareholders immediately prior to a steep downturn
in performance.
The risk the business fails to attract new clients or retain existing clients as a result of weaknesses within its product suite or
service delivery model.
The risk of insolvency of key banking counterparties used by the Group, which could lead to the loss of all or part of the cash
held with any such counterparty.
Mitigations
The Group operates with a strong control environment which includes close oversight by management on all matters. Where
required this includes the use of external advisers and insurance cover which may mitigate the impact of a possible material
breach.
The Group has significant acquisition experience following the completion of seven acquisitions since 2014, including the
acquisition of MPP Global Solutions Limited on 9 October 2021. Any future opportunities are required to meet the Group’s
strict criteria of comprising complementary technologies focused on Aptitude’s product suite. Furthermore, appropriate due
diligence on any potential acquisitions is performed with findings presented to the Board.
The Group has substantial levels of future contracted revenue visibility and retains significant cash balances benefitting from
its long-term annual licence and subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.
The business currently operates with a moderate level of debt financing in place. The Group’s existing debt facility allows for
additional financing to be drawn on which would assist in covering short term cash flows if necessary.
Cash conservation measures could include a review of the Group’s dividend policy along with the flexibility to implement a
number of cost reduction measures.
The Group's cash deposits are always held across at least two financial institutions.
Geopolitical developments
The Group is continuing to closely monitor the situation in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan. The business has no facilities or
dependencies in those regions, but in view of its mainland Europe operations, business contingency planning has been undertaken
to mitigate any potential disruption to the Group’s operations that might result should there be an escalation of the Ukraine
conflict into other European countries.
Future inflation increases
The Group is closely monitoring inflation levels and planning for any significant future increases that might arise. Increasing
inflation could have an impact on the Group’s margins in the short term as the Group’s ability to recover these increased costs
from its client base would not take immediate effect and would depend upon the commercial terms agreed with its clients.
Climate-related risk
In accordance with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), the Group has
assessed the potential impact of climate related risk on its operations and determined that these to be low. Full details of how the
Group complies with TCFD recommendations can be found on page 23.
Other risks
Whilst other risks were considered in respect of a new market disruptor, the collapse of new business activity and defaulting on
the loan facility, these were not considered as severe as the scenarios outlined above given the level of future contracted revenue
visibility and cash generation achieved through the Group’s multi-year annual licence and subscription model combined with the
amount of variable cost base the business operates with.

Graphics
Directors' Report
64
Scenario modelling
The likelihood of each principal risk occurring, and the potential impact was modelled across various scenarios by management
who evaluated the possible consequences, primarily through a reduction in operating profit, ranging from a reduction of 50%
to 70%, and net cash in-flows. These impacts were based on similar events in the public domain and internal estimates. The
Directors reviewed and discussed the process undertaken by management, and also reviewed the results of reverse stress testing
performed to provide an illustration of the reduction in operating profit across the three-year period that would be required
in order for the Group to either breach its external loan covenants or exhaust all available cash. Based on this testing it was
determined that the current level of future contracted revenue, totalling £81million at 31 December 2023, would require being
supplemented by £28.9 million of revenue realised from either new business opportunities or generated from the base across
the three year period which is well below planned levels, and therefore undrawn facilitates would not be required to be drawn
down. Across each of the scenarios tested, the Group have also not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made
to ensure it remains viable.
Based on the results of the review the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue to
operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due, for the next three years. The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference
to the Group’s current position and prospects, the Group’s current strategy, the Board’s current risk appetite and the Group’s
principal risks and how these are managed. The Group retains significant cash balances benefitting from its annual license and
subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.
Application of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
Full details of how the Company has applied the principles of the Code throughout the year can be found within the Corporate
Governance Statement on pages 30 to 38.
Conflicts of interest and whistleblowing policy
The Group has written policies regarding the avoidance of Conflicts of Interest and Bribery and Corruption, including a gifts and
hospitality policy. All employees are required to read and acknowledge these policies on joining the Group, and when there are
any updates.
Directors are required to declare any actual or potential conflicts of interest within the Board decision making process and, should
any such conflicts arise, absent themselves from discussions relating to that item of business.
The Group has a written whistleblowing policy which is clearly set out in the employee handbook. The policy enables workers
(including employees and other individuals performing functions for Aptitude, such as agency workers and contractors) to voice
any concerns in a responsible and effective manner. The policy states that if a worker discovers information which they believe
shows serious malpractice or wrongdoing within the organisation then this information should be disclosed internally without
fear of reprisal. A dedicated email address is provided for any whistleblowing concerns to be raised, which will be sent to an
independent non-executive Board member. All matters will be treated with the strictest confidence and the worker’s identity
will not be disclosed without their prior consent. The worker’s concerns will be considered and further investigation undertaken
as necessary. If during the investigation it is deemed necessary for the identity of the worker to be disclosed, their consent will
be sought. The matter will then be reported to the Board in order that appropriate action can be taken. On conclusion of any
investigation, as far as appropriate, the worker may be informed of the outcome and what action, if any, the Board has taken, or
proposes to take.
Political donations
The Group made no political donations in the year (2022: £nil).

Graphics
65
Substantial shareholdings
Notifications received by the Company in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct
Authority are published via the UK Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. As at 31 December 2023 and as
at 20 March 2024, the Company had been advised of the following notifiable interests in its voting rights:
Number of
shares held as at
20 March 2024
1*
Number of
shares as at
31 December
2023
2*
Number of
shares as at
31 December
2022
*
Long Path Partners 8,866,916
(15.46%)
8,866,916
(15.46%)
2,942,587
(5.1%)
Schroders plc 8,259,311
(14.40%)
8,259,311
(14.40%)
6,778,750
(11.8%)
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc. 5,310,000
(9.26%)
5,310,000
(9.26%)
6,802,632
(11.9%)
Mission Trail Capital Management LLC 4,494,890
(7.84%)
4,494,890
(7.84%)
Invesco Limited 3,900,032
(6.80%)
3,900,032
(6.80%)
3,104,058
(5.4%)
FIL Limited 3,011,609
(5.25%)
3,267,986
(5.70%)
Mrs C Barbour, Mr B Barbour & Bank of New York Mellon (Brussels (Pooled)) 2,941,694
(5.13%)
2,941,694
(5.13%)
4,409,689
(7.7%)
Herald Investment Management 2,458,277
(4.29%)
2,458,277
(4.29%)
1,963,889
(3.4%)
Soros Fund Management 2,226,710
(3.88%)
2,226,710
(3.88%)
1 Calculated by reference to the number of shares in issue as at 31 December 2023, being 57,377,611.
2 Calculated by reference to the number of shares in issue as at 20 March 2024, being 57,377,611.
* % ISC stated in brackets.
Share capital
At 20 March 2024 the Company had a single class of share capital which is divided into ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each.
Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Voting in meetings of the Company
Voting at a general meeting shall be on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder present
in person and every proxy duly appointed by a shareholder shall have one vote. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in
person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.
No shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of shares held by him or her if any call
or other sum then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. Currently, all issued shares are fully paid.
Deadlines for voting rights
Full details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the Annual General
Meeting to be held on 14 May 2024 are set out in the Notice of Meeting which accompanies this report.
Dividends and distributions
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid
to shareholders but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends or
special dividends of such amounts, on such dates and in respect of such periods as the Board think fit. If in the opinion of the
Board the profits available for distribution justify such payments, the Board may declare and pay the fixed dividends on any class
of shares carrying a fixed dividend (if any). All dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro-rata according to the amounts paid up
on the shares.
Transfer of shares
Subject to the Articles, any shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her certified shares in writing by an instrument of transfer
in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The Board may, at its absolute discretion and without giving

Graphics
Directors' Report
66
any reasons, decline to register any instrument of transfer of a certified share which is not a fully paid share provided that, where
any such shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such
a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis. The Board may decline to
recognise any instrument of transfer relating to shares in certificated form unless it is in respect of only one class of share and is
lodged (duly stamped) at the Company’s registered office or such other place as the Board have appointed accompanied by the
relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to showing the right of the transfer
or to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his or her behalf, the authority
of that person so to do). In the case of a transfer of shares in certificated form a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a
recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange the lodgement of share certificates will only be necessary if
and to the extent that certificates have been issued in respect of the shares in question. The Directors may also refuse to register
an allotment or transfer of shares (whether fully paid or not) in favour of more than four transferees. Subject to the Articles
and the CREST Rules (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, as amended), and apart from any class of wholly
dematerialised security, the Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be held in uncertificated form and, subject
to the Articles, title to uncertificated shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system.
Change of control
Under the terms of the Company’s share option schemes, upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, an
option holder shall be entitled to exercise the relevant option within a time period of not more than six (6) months. This would
allow the exercise of awards subject to the discretion of the Remuneration Committee as to whether relevant performance
conditions have been sufficiently satisfied and any pro-rating to be applied. There are a small number of client contracts which
include a change of control clause in relation to the Group.
Amendment to the Articles
Amendments to the Articles may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 by way of a special
resolution in general meeting.
Appointment and replacement of Directors
Unless and until otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the Company, Directors shall be no less than two (2) and no more
than ten (10) in number. Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board. The Board complies
with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) provision on annual re-election of all directors. The appointment and
replacement of directors is governed by the company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles”), the Code, Companies Act 2006 and
other related legislation.
The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to undertake such services for the Company that the Board may
decide and such persons (other than those who hold an executive office or are employees of the Company or any subsidiary) will
be entitled to be paid such fees as the Board will determine for their services to the Company as Directors but will not exceed
in aggregate the sum of £1,000,000 per annum (excluding bonus arrangements and incentive schemes of the Company) or such
greater sum as the Company in general meeting may determine.
Repurchase of own shares
At the Annual General Meeting held on 17 May 2023 members renewed the authority under section 701 of the Companies Act 2006
to make market purchases on the London Stock Exchange of up to 5,733,761 ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each (representing
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital at that time). A resolution to give the Directors further authority for the
Company to purchase its own shares is to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 14 May 2024.
As reported in the Chairman's Statement and the Chief Executive Officer's Report, the Company has commenced an on-market
share buyback programme of up to £20m over three years.
Significant contracts
There did not exist at any time during the year any contract involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which a Director
of the Company was or is materially interested or any contract which was either a contract of significance with a controlling
shareholder or a contract for the provision of service by a controlling shareholder. Related party transactions are disclosed on
page 132.

Graphics
67
Directors
Details of Directors who have held office during the year and up to the date of signing these financial statements are given below:
Ivan Martin (Chairman)
Alex Curran (appointed 12 July 2023)
Sara Dickinson
Mike Johns (appointed 17 May 2023)
Barbara Moorhouse
Jeremy Suddards (resigned 27 July 2023)
Philip Wood (resigned 20 July 2023)
Biographical details of the current Directors are given on the inside front cover of this Annual Report. The Company’s Articles
of Association require Directors to retire and offer themselves for re-election at least every three years, however, the Board
has taken the decision that all Directors shall retire and offer themselves for re-election at each Annual General Meeting, in
accordance with the recommendation of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code.
Information on the Directors’ remuneration, share plan participation and service contracts are set out in the Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60.
The Company has purchased and maintained throughout the year Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect of itself and
its Directors. The Directors also have the benefit of the indemnity provision contained at Article 138 of the Company’s Articles of
Association. Pursuant to this Article 138, the Company has granted indemnities for the benefit of current and future Directors of,
and the Company Secretary of, the Company in respect of liabilities which may attach to them in their capacity as Directors of,
or Company Secretary of, the Company to the extent permitted by law and also committed to maintain directors’ and officers’
insurance cover. Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force
during the year ended 31 December 2023 and continue in force, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which the Directors (or
Company Secretary) may incur to third parties in the course of acting as Directors (or Company Secretary).
Treasury and foreign exchange
The Group has in place appropriate treasury policies and procedures, which are approved by the Board. The treasury function
manages interest rates for both borrowings and cash deposits for the Group and is also responsible for ensuring there are
appropriate facilities available to meet the Group’s strategic plans.
In order to mitigate and manage exchange rate risk arising in respect of the Group’s Innovation Centre in Poland, the Group
routinely enters into forward contracts in respect of monthly transactions with that part of the Group’s business. In the meantime,
the Group continues to monitor exchange rate risk generally in respect of other foreign currency exposures.
In order to mitigate and manage interest rate risk the Group has in place an effective interest rate hedge to manage exposure on
borrowings. An interest rate swap is used as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments, which has the effect of increasing the
proportion of fixed interest debt.
These treasury policies and procedures are regularly monitored and reviewed. It is the Group’s policy not to undertake speculative
transactions which create additional exposures over and above those arising from normal trading activity.
See page 94 for further information on the Group’s management of financial risk.
Overseas subsidiaries and branches
Details of the Group’s subsidiaries, including those in overseas jurisdictions, are disclosed in Note 12 to the financial statements.
The Group also currently operates overseas branches in the following countries: Australia, Hong Kong, Ireland, Netherlands,
Singapore and Switzerland.
Section 172 statement
The Section 172 Statement is included in the Strategic Report on pages 20 to 22 and includes details of how the Directors have had
regard for the need to foster good business relationships with its shareholders and other key stakeholders.
Auditors and disclosure of information to auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006)
of which the Company’s auditors are unaware and each of the Directors has taken the steps that they ought to have taken as

Graphics
Directors' Report
68
Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are
aware of that information.
RSM UK Audit LLP have indicated their willingness to continue as Auditor and their re-appointment has been approved by the
Audit Committee. Resolutions to re-appoint them and to authorise the Audit Committee to determine their remuneration will be
proposed at the 2024 Annual General Meeting.
Corporate governance
The Group’s statement on corporate governance is included in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 31 to 38 and
incorporated into this Report of the Directors by reference.
Annual General Meeting
The forthcoming Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) will be held at 9.00 a.m. on Tuesday 14 May 2024 at the offices of Aptitude
Software Group plc, 8th Floor, 138 Cheapside, London EC2V 6BJ. The Notice of the AGM contains the full text of resolutions to be
proposed. Shareholders are welcome to attend the meeting in person, however, we ask that you register your intention to attend
ahead of time so we can monitor numbers in readiness for the meeting.
To enable all shareholders to vote on all resolutions in proportion to their shareholding, voting at the 2024 AGM will be conducted
by way of a poll. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan to attend
the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes. The Company will release the results of voting,
including proxy votes on each resolution, on its website after the AGM and announce them through a regulatory news service.
Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of the AGM. Details of how you can submit questions and cast your
votes at the AGM are set out in the Notice of Meeting, which will be made available to shareholders by their chosen method of
communication and is also available on our website. Further details can be found in the notice convening the AGM.
By Order of the Board
Alex Campbell
Company Secretary
20 March 2024

Graphics
Independent Auditors Report
to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc
69
to the members of Aptitude
Software Group plc
Independent Auditor’s Report
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Aptitude Software Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the
‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income, Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity,
Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the
financial statements, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the
preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The financial
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion:
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31
December 2023 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting
Standards;
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards and as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
section of our report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest
entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters Group
Revenue recognition
Parent Company
None
Materiality Group
Overall materiality: £419,000 (2022: £316,000)
Performance materiality: £314,000 (2022: £237,000)
Parent Company
Overall materiality: £200,000 (2022: £125,000)
Performance materiality: £150,000 (2022: £93,700)
Scope Our audit procedures (excluding analytical review procedures) covered 100% of revenue, 99% of
total assets and 99% of profit before tax.

Graphics
Independent Auditors Report
to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc
70
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the group and
parent company financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement
(whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the
allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the
context of our audit of the group and parent company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Revenue recognition
Key audit matter description The group’s key revenue recognition policies are set out on pages 86 to 89 of the financial
statements and the critical accounting judgements and estimates relating to revenue recognition
are set out on pages 99 to 101.
Software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue
A significant risk of fraud has been identified due to the involvement of significant management
judgements and estimates in the recognition of licence, subscription and maintenance revenues.
The key judgements and estimates are:
Assessment of licence, subscription and maintenance as a single performance obligation;
Assessment of implementation and solutions management services as separate performance
obligations;
Recognition of revenue over time based on the input of consistent development activity;
The revenue constraint applied before the go-live date due to customer-specific
circumstances.
Software implementation and services revenue
A significant risk of fraud has been identified in respect of implementation revenues, owing the
degree to which management estimates impact the revenue recognition and the incentives to
manipulate revenue. This is specifically in relation to the assessment of the stage of completion
as represented by time costs incurred and estimates of cost yet to be incurred. The proportion
of the contract fulfilled drives the right to recognise revenue and therefore estimation of the
time required subsequent to the year end to deliver and complete the services to customer
expectations is critical to revenue recognition.

Graphics
71
How the matter was
addressed in the audit
Our audit work included but was not restricted to:
Obtaining an understanding of the processes and controls around revenue recognition;
Reviewing the group’s revenue recognition policy, including supporting accounting papers,
to assess whether performed obligations have been appropriately identified and recognised
in line with IFRS 15;
Challenging and assessing key management judgements impact the recognition of revenue
in the period; and
Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements and evaluating whether the policy for
revenue recognition is appropriately explained and critical judgements and key sources of
estimation uncertainty are appropriately disclosed.
Specifically for software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue, our audit work included
but was not restricted to:
Auditing the IFRS 15 revenue calculations confirming the methodology applied is in line with
the group’s revenue recognition policy;
Agreeing inputs to the IFRS 15 calculations to signed customer contracts, recalculating the
expected revenue based on management’s IFRS 15 judgements and estimates and comparing
to the actual revenue recognised;
Verifying the assessment of continuous development activity through the input method
using staff allocation data and forecasts to review the level of development across the year;
Holding discussions with project managers about the key assumptions and judgements
regarding continuous development activity and the pre “go-live” risks related to the
constraints model;
Reviewing contract cancellations to assess the appropriateness of limiting revenue
recognised to invoiced amounts pre “go-live” date and testing the application of the revenue
recognition constraints to contracts in the period;
Performing completeness checks by reviewing a list of approved contracts from the contracts
sales and management system and checking revenue has been recognised for all active
contracts in the year, in line with the revenue recognition policy.
Specifically for software implementation and services revenue, our audit work included but was
not restricted to:
Testing the controls over the approval of timesheet reports and approval of invoices
(including agreement to customer-signed Statement of Works where appropriate) prior to
billing;
Verifying revenue recognised in the period to Statement of Works, supporting agreements,
sales invoices and employee timesheet data where applicable;
Testing the completeness and accuracy of timesheet and budget data which drives invoicing;
Testing the completeness and accuracy of revenue deferred based on management’s
estimate of additional effort required to satisfy certain contractual obligations without
incremental charge, and challenging management’s estimates on specific projects;
Completing targeted testing procedures for revenue recognised around the reporting date
through review of timesheet data reconciled to customer invoices and accrued revenue
adjustments.
Key observations Details of the key judgements and estimates applied in respect of revenue recognition are
disclosed in “Critical accounting estimates and judgements” section of the Accounting Policies
included in the financial statements. Based on the results of the audit procedures outlined above,
we have no key observations to report.

Graphics
Independent Auditors Report
to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc
72
Our application of materiality
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent
of our audit procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements
as a whole, could reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the
size of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:
Group Parent company
Overall materiality £419,000 (2022: £316,000) £200,000 (2022: £125,000)
Basis for determining
overall materiality
4.8% of operating profit adjusted to exclude
the amortisation charged in the year to align
with the adjusted operating profit highlighted
by management to users of the financial
statements.
0.3% of net assets.
Rationale for benchmark
applied
As a listed entity, a profit-driven figure is
considered the most appropriate benchmark
for users of the financial statements.
Net assets is considered to be the most
appropriate benchmark for the parent
company as it is primarily a holding company.
Performance materiality £314,000 (2022: £237,000) £150,000 (2022: £93,700)
Basis for determining
performance materiality
75% of overall materiality 75% of overall materiality
Reporting of misstatements
to the Audit Committee
Misstatements in excess of £20,900 and
misstatements below that threshold that, in
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative
grounds.
Misstatements in excess of £10,000 and
misstatements below that threshold that, in
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative
grounds.
An overview of the scope of our audit
The group consists of 8 components, located in the following countries:
United Kingdom
United States
Poland
Canada
Singapore
Full scope audits were performed for 3 components, limited scope audit procedures for 3 components and analytical procedures
at group level for the remaining 2 components.
The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:
Number of
components Revenue Total assets
Profit before
tax
Full scope audit 3 89% 95% 63%
Limited scope audit 3 11% 5% 36%
Analytical procedures 2 0% 0% 1%
Total 8 100% 100% 100%

Graphics
73
Limited scope audit procedures were performed on components which were not financially significant by size but included
significant risks, or where procedures were performed on specific balances to provide sufficient coverage of these financial
statement areas for the purposes of the group audit. The limited scope procedures included testing of revenue and associated
balance sheet amounts described in the key audit matters section above.
Further audit procedures over the consolidation and areas of significant judgement, including impairment of goodwill, share based
payments and taxation were performed at group level.
All audit work was completed by the group audit team and no component auditors were used in our audit.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
Checking the arithmetic accuracy of the forecasts that form the basis of the Directors’ going concern assessment and viability
statement;
Assessing the appropriateness of the period used for the viability statement;
Corroborating the cash balances used as the starting point for the forecasts by confirming to bank confirmations;
Challenging management’s forecasts and comparing the 2024 budget to YTD results and order book;
Assessing covenant compliance within the period and agreeing that management forecasts and viability statement data is
compliant with covenant requirements;
Assessing the assumptions made in management’s stress-testing and reviewing contingency planning;
Completing further sensitivity analysis and stress-testing;
Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements in respect of going concern and viability.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the entity reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add
or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections
of this report.
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our
auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.

Graphics
Independent Auditors Report
to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc
74
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Director’s Report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report
to you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been
received from branches not visited by us; or
the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Corporate governance statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate
Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review by the Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material
uncertainties identified set out on pages 62 to 64;
Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period
is appropriate set out on page 62;
Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and
meets its liabilities set out on page 64;
Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 62;
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 63;
Section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set
out on pages 38 to 39; and,
Section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 35 to 38.

Graphics
75
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 61 the directors are responsible for the
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial
statements.
The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including
fraud
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient
appropriate audit evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of
material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-
compliance with other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements, and to respond
appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.
In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial
statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement
due to fraud through designing and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected
fraud identified during the audit.
However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the
entity's operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection
of fraud.
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement
team:
obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the
group and parent company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory
frameworks;
inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of
irregularities, including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud;
discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how
and where the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

Graphics
Independent Auditors Report
to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc
76
The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:
Legislation /
Regulation
Additional audit procedures performed by the group audit
engagement team included:
UK-adopted IAS and
Companies Act 2006
Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation.
Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.
Tax compliance
regulations
Inspection of advice received from internal / external tax advisors.
Consultation with a tax specialist regarding the approach taken to the audit of tax.
Consideration of whether any matter identified during the audit required reporting to an
appropriate authority outside the entity.
The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:
Risk Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:
Revenue recognition The audit procedures performed in relation to revenue recognition are documented in the
key audit matters section of our audit report.
Treatment of
development costs
Review of management’s paper considering the application of IAS 38 and the treatment
adopted by the group.
Interviewing relevant personnel to understand the nature of development activities
undertaken during the year and challenging management on the justification for non-
capitalisation.
Management override of
controls
Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments.
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of
a potential bias.
Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside
the normal course of business.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s
website at: http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Other matters which we are required to address.
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by management in September 2021 to audit the
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods.
The period of total uninterrupted consecutive appointment is 3 years, covering the years ending 31 December 2021 to 31
December 2023.
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we
remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee in accordance with ISAs (UK).

Graphics
77
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for
the opinions we have formed.
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosures Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.14R, these financial
statements will form part of the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National
Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEP RTS’). This auditor’s report
provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared using the single electronic format specified in
the ESEF RTS.
Graham Ricketts (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
25 Farringdon Street
London
EC4A 4AB
20 March 2024

Graphics
78
Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022
Note
Before non-
underlying
items
£000
Non-
underlying
items
£000
Total
£000
Before non-
underlying
items
£000
Non-
underlying
items
£000
Total
£000
Revenue
1,2 74,685 74,685 74,394 74,394
Operating costs 3
(64,959) (4,441) (69,400) (66,887) (3,822) (70,709)
Operating profit 3
9,726 (4,441) 5,285 7,507 (3,822) 3,685
Finance income 5
282 282 18 18
Finance costs 5
(527) (527) (498) (498)
Net finance costs
(245) (245) (480) (480)
Profit before income tax
9,481 (4,441) 5,040 7,027 (3,822) 3,205
Income tax expense 6
(1,786) 871 (915) (1,481) 871 (610)
Profit for the period from continuing
operations
7,695 (3,570) 4,125 5,546 (2,951) 2,595
Earnings per share
Basic
7
7.2p 4.5p
Diluted
7
7.1p 4.5p
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2023
79
Note
Group
Year ended
31 Dec
2023
£000
Group
Year ended
31 Dec
2022
£000
Profit for the year
4,125 2,595
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will or may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 25 (1,242) 187
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 1,044
1,445
Currency translation difference (954) 1,972
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges
25 50 (335)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax
(1,102) 3,269
Total comprehensive income for the year
3,023 5,864
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
80
Balance Sheets
At 31 December 2023
Note
Group
As at
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
As at
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
As at
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
As at
31 Dec 2022
£000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets 9 4,484 5,103 24 15
Goodwill 10 46,006 46,006
Intangible assets 11 17,739 21,120
Investments in subsidiaries 12 68,808 68,510
Other long-term assets 13 1,016 1,307
Deferred tax assets 15
1,379 423
70,624 73,959 68,832 68,525
Current assets
Trade and other receivables 16
12,526 12,297 548 452
Financial assets – derivative financial instruments 17 1,141 1,339 534 812
Current income tax assets 14 1,037 1,352 500 1,951
Cash and cash equivalents 18
34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340
48,789 44,233 24,533 17,555
Total assets
119,413 118,192 93,365 86,080
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
 – borrowings 19 (1,250) (1,250) (1,250) (1,250)
Trade and other payables 20 (40,773) (38,146) (14,882) (14,982)
Capital lease obligations 21 (426) (553)
Current income tax liabilities (1,588) (119)
Provisions 22 (100) (114)
(44,137) (40,182) (16,132) (16,232)
Net current assets
4,652 4,051 8,401 1,323
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities – borrowings 19 (7,139) (8,347) (7,139) (8,347)
Capital lease obligations 21 (2,588) (3,196)
Provisions 22 (268) (202)
Deferred tax liabilities 15
(4,967) (5,724) (84) (116)
(14,962) (17,469) (7,223) (8,463)
NET ASSETS
60,314 60,541 70,010 61,385
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital 23 4,204 4,204 4,204 4,204
Share premium account 24 11,959 11,959 11,959 11,959
Capital redemption reserve 12,372 12,372 12,372 12,372
Other reserves 25 34,989 35,199 17,707 17,978
(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings 26 (2,349) (3,286) 23,768 14,872
Foreign currency translation reserve
(861) 93
TOTAL EQUITY
60,314 60,541 70,010 61,385
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own income
statement. The profit for the year of the Company was £12,053,000 (2022: loss for the year £791,000), see note 26 for details.
The financial statements on pages 78 to 132 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024 and were
signed on its behalf by:
Ivan Martin Michael Johns
Director Director Company Registered Number: 01602662


Graphics
Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2023
81
Attributable to owners of the Parent
Note
Share
capital
£000
Share
premium
account
£000
(Accumulated
losses)/
retained
earnings
£000
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
£000
Capital
redemption
reserve
£000
Other
reserves
£000
Total
equity
£000
Group
Balance at 1 January 2022
4,194 11,946 (3,346) (1,879) 12,372 33,902 57,189
Profit for the year
26 2,595 2,595
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 25 187 187
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 1,445 1,445
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 (335) (335)
Exchange rate adjustments 1,972 1,972
Total comprehensive income for the year
2,595 1,972 1,297 5,864
Shares issued under share option schemes 23-24 10 13 23
Share options – value of employee service 15 695 695
Deferred tax on share options 26 (137) (137)
Dividends to equity holders of the company
(3,093) (3,093)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
of the company recognised directly in equity
10 13 (2,535) (2,512)
Balance at 31 December 2022
4,204 11,959 (3,286) 93 12,372 35,199
60,541
Profit for the year
26
4,125 4,125
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement
25 (1,242) (1,242)
Gain on effective cash flow hedges
25 1,044 1,044
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges
25 50 50
Exchange rate adjustments (954) (954)
Total comprehensive income for the year
4,125 (954) (148) 3,023
Share options – value of employee service 26 125 125
Transfer on exercise of options 25 (151) 124 (27)
Purchase of own shares
25 (186) (186)
Deferred tax on share options 15
(66) (66)
Dividends to equity holders of the company 8
(3,096) (3,096)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
of the company recognised directly in equity (3,188) (62) (3,250)
Balance at 31 December 2023
4,204 11,959 (2,349) (861) 12,372 34,989 60,314
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Graphics
Company Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2023
82
Attributable to owners of the Company
Note
Share
capital
£000
Share
premium
account
£000
Retained
earnings
£000
Capital
redemption
reserve
£000
Other
reserves
£000
Total
equity
£000
Company
Balance at 1 January 2022 4,194 11,946 18,116 12,372 17,369 63,997
Loss for the year 26 (791) (791)
Cash flow hedges
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 812 812
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 (203) (203)
Total comprehensive income for the
year (791) 609 (182)
Shares issued under share option
schemes 23-24 10 13 23
Share options – value of employee
service 26 695 695
Deferred tax on share options 15 (55) (55)
Dividends to equity holders of the
company 8 (3,093) (3,093)
Total Contributions by and
distributions to owners of the
company recognised directly in equity 10 13 (2,453) (2,430)
Balance at 31 December 2022 4,204 11,959 14,872 12,372 17,978 61,385
Profit for the year 26 12,053 12,053
Cash flow hedges reclassified to
income statement 25 (302) (302)
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25 23 23
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 70 70
Total comprehensive income for the
year 12,053 (209) 11,844
Share options – value of employee
service 26 73 73
Transfer on exercise of options 25 (151) 124 (27)
Purchase of own shares 25 (186) (186)
Deferred tax on share options 15 17 17
Dividends to equity holders of the
company 8 (3,096) (3,096)
Total Contributions by and
distributions to owners of the
company recognised directly in equity (3,157) (62) (3,219)
Balance at 31 December 2023 4,204 11,959 23,768 12,372 17,707 70,010
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
83
Statements of Cash Flow
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Note
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) operations 27 11,945 5,272 11,931 (1,203)
Interest paid (316) (498) (315) (375)
Income tax (paid) (635) (1,597) (1,451)
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) operating activities 10,994 3,177 11,616 (3,029)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, excluding right-of-use assets 9 (601) (831) (19) (11)
Interest received 282 18 273 18
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities (319) (813) 254 7
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 24 23 23
Dividends paid to companys shareholders 8 (3,096) (3,093) (3,096) (3,093)
Purchase of own shares 25 (186) (186)
Repayments of loan 19 (1,250) (313) (1,250) (313)
Extension fee on loan 19 (40)
Repayment of capital lease obligations 21 (534) (405)
Amounts received from group undertakings 20 71,037 59,184
Amounts borrowed from group undertakings 20 (69,764) (57,937)
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities (5,106) (3,788) (3,259) (2,136)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 5,569 (1,424) 8,611 (5,158)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of year 18 29,245 29,064 14,340 19,498
Exchange rate (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents (729) 1,605
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 18 34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340
Liabilities from financing activities Other assets
Borrowings
£000
Leases
£000
Subtotal
£000
Cash
£000
Total
£000
Net funds as at 1 January 2023 (9,597) (3,749) (13,346) 29,245 15,899
Financing cash flows 1,250 534 1,784 5,569 7,353
De-recognition of leases 168 168 168
Foreign exchange adjustments 162 162 (729) (567)
Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees (42) (42) (42)
Interest expense (316) (129) (445) (445)
Interest payments (presented as operating cash flows) 316 316 316
Net funds as at 31 December 2023 (8,389) (3,014) (11,403) 34,085 22,682
Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
The accounting policies and notes on pages 84 to 132 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
84



ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General information
The Company is a public company limited by shares and incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.
The Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 20 March 2024.


Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These
policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated and parent financial statements of Aptitude Software Group plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the disclosure
guidance and transparency rules sourcebook of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority. The consolidated and parent
financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and
financial liabilities (including derivatives) which are recognised at fair value.
The presentation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated and parent
financial statements are disclosed on pages 99 and 102.
Amounts presented have been disclosed to the nearest £’000 unless otherwise stated.


Going Concern
After reviewing the Group’s forecasts and projections, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors have prepared forecasts for going concern
which show that the Group will have sufficient cash to operate and meet their operating liabilities as and when they fall due for a
period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. The Group therefore continues to adopt the
going concern basis in preparing its financial statements. Information used to make this decision is detailed below.
A scenario testing exercise was performed for the period covered by the going concern forecast, including considering
management’s base case forecast and an extreme downside scenario where no new customers were won, which is far more
pessimistic than current situations may suggest. In all scenarios Aptitude remains comfortably profitable and cash generative in
the years under review. Financial performance in 2024 is not expected to be materially different from current year levels due to the
long-range revenue visibility achieved through the recurring revenue business model. These recurring revenues, representing over
60% of total revenue, are resilient given the nature of the Group’s enterprise applications which are typically heavily integrated
and central to clients’ mission-critical long-term financial reporting and subscription management processes, underpinned by
minimum contractual terms of up to six years at inception.
The Directors are reassured that the Group is financially robust benefitting from a cash balance at 31 December 2023 of £34.1 million
and net funds of £22.7 million. Additionally, the Group is cash generative and profitable, reporting Adjusted Operating Profit in the
year of £9.7 million. See page 4 for definitions of how these metrics are calculated.
Supplementing these strengths, Aptitude benefits from a diverse client base, across multiple geographies and industries.
The business benefits from a recurring revenue model in which software licence and subscription fees are typically received
annually in advance.



Graphics
85



Changes in Accounting policy and disclosures
(a) New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 1 January 2023
The Group has applied the following new standards, amendments and interpretations for the first time for their annual
reporting period commencing 1 January 2023:
Amendments to IAS 12: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
Amendments to IAS 8: Definition of Accounting Estimates
Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of Accounting policies
Amendments to IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts
The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

(b) New standards and interpretations that have not been early adopted
None of the new standards, amendments and interpretations, which are effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2024
and which have not been adopted early, are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements
of the Group.


Basis of consolidation
The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company, Aptitude Software Group plc and its
subsidiary undertakings (“subsidiaries”) prepared at the consolidated statement of financial position date.
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group has control over an entity where the Group is exposed to, or has
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and it has the power over the entity to effect those returns. The
existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing control.
The Group also assesses existence of control where it does not have more than 50% of the voting power but is able to govern
the financial and operating policies by virtue of de-facto control. De-facto control may arise in circumstances where the size
and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders give the Group the power to govern the financial and operating activities. The
results of subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control passes to the Group. Results of disposed subsidiaries are
consolidated up to the date on which control passes from the Group.
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition
is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of
exchange Identifiable assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at
their fair values at acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The excess of cost of acquisition over the
fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets is recorded as goodwill.
Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Profits
and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of the
subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.




Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
86



Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the transaction price, being the amount of consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for
transferring promised goods or services to a customer in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of
value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.
The Group derives its revenues from the following categories:
software based activity relating to the Group’s intellectual property (comprising software licences, maintenance, support,
software subscription fees, financial transactions, usage fees along with funded development and related consultancy);
and
general consultancy services.
The Group recognises revenue from each of these categories as follows:
Software based activity
Software licence, software subscription and maintenance fees
The Group licences its software on an Annual Licence Fee, Initial Licence Fee or Perpetual Licence Fee basis. The Group also has
a number of Software-as-a-Service offerings with software subscription fees being recognised in the same manner as Annual
Licence Fees.
Within the policy, the Group references three distinct periods which drives the method by which these revenues are recognised,
being the initial contractual term, the auto-renewal period and the optimisation period. These periods and the relationship
between them is outlined below:
Initial contractual term – The period over which the transaction price for each contract is recognised.
Auto renewal period On conclusion of the initial contractual term, customers enter into auto renewal periods which
are typically twelve months in length. Under the terms of the contract the customer has no material right to enter into
these renewal periods which consequently have been determined as representing a new contract under IFRS 15.
Optimisation period The period assessed by management on inception of the contract over which the revenues are
recognised, representing the duration of time during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancement
of the software is undertaken. Where this period is greater in length than the initial term of the contract, the revenues
recognised across the contractual term are capped at the total value of the contract.
Assessment of performance obligations
On inception of each contract, the Group assesses whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,
represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from either the licence or subscription fees. If not distinct, the
software licence and maintenance fees form part of a combined performance obligation. If the licence/subscription is distinct it is
recognised separately from the other performance obligations at the time of the delivery of the licenced software.
In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the scope of maintenance services
being provided which extends to the significant continuing requirement to:
optimise functionality within the software;
optimise performance of the software; and
provide technical and functional enhancements to ensure continued user regulatory compliance.
For all existing contracts, it is determined that the software licence/subscription and maintenance fees form part of a combined
performance obligation. The transaction price agreed in the licence and maintenance contract is therefore allocated in full to this
combined performance obligation with the selling price determined by way of the fixed annual licence or subscription fees paid
annually in advance.
How the combined performance obligation is recognised
Where the software licence, subscription and maintenance fees meet the criteria of a combined performance obligation, the
Group determines for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue. This assessment was completed with
reference to paragraph 35 of IFRS 15, in which it was determined that the criteria within Paragraph 35(a) had been met in respect
of recognising the combined performance obligation over time. This is through the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit



Graphics
87

of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the period due to the need for the software to adapt
over time to the changing needs of the client and complexities of the regulatory environment.
Method of revenue recognition in respect of the performance obligations
In determining the most accurate measure of recognising revenue, the business concluded that this should be done in line with
the development activity related to the relevant product. This development activity incorporates the effort incurred in optimising
both the functionality and performance of the software whilst providing technical and functional enhancements.
Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an initial estimate
of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period. This estimate is then reviewed against actual
hours incurred at the end of each reporting period. Once the Group concludes on the revenue recognition profile, the business
determines on a contract by contract basis the period over which the revenues are recognised. This period is defined as the
optimisation period and represents the duration of time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation
and functional enhancement of the software is undertaken.
For both periods presented, all contracts assessed were considered to have a consistent development activity based on
management’s assessment of the overall development hours expected to be incurred across the optimisation period. This
assessment was supported by the review against actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.
Revenue recognition constraint
Given the highly specialised nature of the software and demands of the customer, the implementation of this software (provided
through a separate statement of work) is complex and frequently involves multi-phase roll outs which identify new requirements
over an extended period of time. Consequently, the period prior to the successful integration of the Group’s application with
the customer’s system (or Go-Live date), provides enhanced levels of contractual risk for the Group in respect of the licence and
maintenance agreement. Under the terms of the contract, both parties have enforceable rights and obligations to terminate over
the length of the agreement to the extent that the implementation of the software is not feasible.
Consequently, during the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client
environment, an ongoing assessment is performed by management on a contract by contract basis to determine if sufficient
challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist,
the revenue recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the
reporting date, with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed,
the amount of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total
expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period.
Revenue recognition where the optimisation period is longer than initial term of the contract
Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the contract, being
the minimum term of the signed contract before auto renewal, the revenues recognised across the initial term are equal to the
total value of the contract.
Entry into auto-renewal periods during the optimisation period
Where a client’s initial contract term is shorter than the optimisation period assessed by management, the client will enter auto
renewal periods. Per IFRS 15, the Group has concluded that the entry into each auto renewal period represents a new contract due
to the customer having no material right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.
Consequently, an assessment of whether the licence and maintenance services still represent a combined performance obligation
is performed.
In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group determined that the scope of maintenance
services being provided aligns with the assessment made on inception of the contract and therefore all existing contracts continue
to form part of a combined performance obligation.
On completion of this assessment, the Group has determined that the development activity should continue to be utilised as the
most appropriate method of recognising revenue across the auto-renewal period.
Entry into auto-renewal periods post optimisation period
The transfer of the combined performance obligation is considered complete once the optimisation period concludes at which
point all clients have entered their auto renewal period. Per IFRS 15, the Group has concluded that the entry into each auto
renewal period represents a new contract under which an assessment of whether the licence and maintenance services still



Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
88

represent a combined performance obligation is performed. This conclusion was underpinned by the customer having no material
right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.
In assessing whether the licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the following:-
the level of interrelation between the software licence and services provided;
the continuing requirements of the client to receive highly functioning, serviced software; and
the contractual terms and conditions set out in the annual renewal period and whether they are consistent with the
initial term
For both the current and prior year, the Group has determined that the licence and maintenance services for all existing contracts
entering their auto renewal period post optimisation period still represent a combined performance obligation.
On completion of this assessment, the Group determines for each contract the most appropriate revenue recognition method and
has concluded that the development activity related to the relevant product should continue to be utilised.
The annual licence and subscription fee is then recognised across the auto renewal period based on the application of this method.
In all current cases, the development activity is determined to be consistent across the auto-renewal period in accordance with
paragraph B18 of IFRS 15.
Product specific consultancy (implementation services)
Consultancy services which relate to a project which includes the Group’s software is contracted for on either a time and materials
basis or fixed priced basis and represents a distinct performance obligation from the software licence, software subscription and
maintenance fees. Time and materials consultancy is recognised in the period it is performed in. Fixed price or shared risk work
is recognised on a percentage completion basis of the remaining unbilled milestones. The percentage completed is determined
with reference to effort incurred to date and effort required to complete the development or consultancy. This method, used to
calculate revenue recognition, is appropriate on the basis that the services are transferred to the customer as the development
or consultancy work occurs.
For any contract involving a client licencing one of the Group’s products, an assessment is made by management at the year-end
of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain contractual obligations without
incremental charge. Where such effort is anticipated, an accompanying deferral is calculated based on the value of this time if
charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.
Financial transactions and usage fees
Financial transactions and usage fees are billed to clients utilising the e-Suite software on a monthly basis based on a per transaction
fee. The volume of transactions generated each month is driven wholly by the client, with no minimum commitment fee in place.
Revenue generated from financial transaction and usage contracts is therefore recognised in the month they arise.
Solution management services
Solution management services go beyond the Group’s software maintenance services to include services typically performed
by the clients’ own IT teams, including for example, the monitoring of system performance, user administration and release
management. The client will commit to a monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level of services. Revenue from
solution management services are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the services being provided.
Support fees
Support fees are billed to clients where the Group’s software is licensed by a client and that client contracts with the Group for
support relating to the solution. The client will commit to a minimum monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level
of support and then agrees additional fees for support used over and above the minimum commitment. Revenue from support
contracts are recognised as the fees are earned.



Graphics
89






Funded development
Where customers wish to accelerate the product development, the Group undertakes funded development work. Revenue for
funded development work is recognised on a percentage completed basis after deferring a proportion of the revenue to cover
the resolution of any issues arising after the enhancement has been delivered to the customer. The percentage completed is
determined with reference to effort required to complete the development. Once the enhancement has been accepted by the
customer the deferred portion of the revenue is recognised.

Commissions
Software sales commission costs meet the definition under IFRS 15 of incremental costs of obtaining a contract. As a result, an
asset is recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of commissions payable which will typically be amortised across
the optimisation period, this being the period assessed by management over which significant modification and optimisation is
required in respect of each client.

Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to key decision makers. These
decision makers are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.
The primary segmental reporting is by operating segment, the Group operates only one segment, this being the Aptitude business.
The chief operational decision makers for the segment are Alex Curran (Acting Chief Executive Officer) and Mike Johns (Chief
Financial Officer).

Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items are significant items of income or expense which are disclosed and described separately in the accounts
where it is necessary to do so in order to provide a better understanding of the financial performance of the Group. These items
include the costs of acquiring a Group subsidiary, post acquisition and group restructuring costs, and the amortisation of acquired
intangibles.


Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets
Property, plant and equipment is shown at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and adjusted for any impairment.
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that
the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, full details of the initial recognition and ongoing measurement of
these assets is provided within the leasing policy note on pages 92 to 93. Land is not depreciated. Costs include expenditure that
is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Depreciation is provided on assets so as to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment less their residual value over their
estimated useful economic lives by equal annual instalments at the following rates.
Leasehold improvements 10 – 20 per cent (or the life of the lease if shorter)
Plant and machinery 10 – 50 per cent
Fixtures and fittings 10 – 20 per cent
Estimation of the useful economic life includes an assessment of the expected rate of technological developments and the intensity
at which the assets are expected to be used.
The assets’ residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.



Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration given over the fair value of the
identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is capitalised on the balance sheet and subject to an annual impairment test. The
carrying value of goodwill is cost less accumulated impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose
of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business
combinations in which the goodwill arose. The Group is currently treated as a single CGU. Impairment reviews are carried out by
the Board at least annually. Impairments to goodwill are charged to the income statement in the period in which they arise.




Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
90






Intangible assets
Research and Development (“R&D”)
Research expenditure is expensed to the income statement as incurred. Costs incurred on internal development projects relating
to new or substantially improved products are recognised as intangible assets from the date upon which all IAS 38 criteria have
been satisfied.
In assessing the IAS 38 criteria it is considered that because of the challenges presented by the complexity of underlying software
development issues and the competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the technical feasibility and future probability
of development has only been satisfied once the product is deployed into a live customer environment. Accordingly development
costs have not been capitalised. The Group however continues to assess the eligibility of development costs for capitalisation on
a project-by-project basis.
Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance
existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order
to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred and included within
research and development expense in the income statement.

Externally acquired software intellectual property rights
Rights in externally acquired software assets are capitalised at cost and amortised over their estimated useful economic life.
Useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis.
Software Intellectual Property Rights
Software Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) is recognised only on acquisition. The fair value is derived based on time spent on
the project at an average daily cost rate. The carrying value is stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and
impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over
the estimated useful economic life of the assets.
Customer relationships
Client relationships are recognised only on acquisition. The fair value in respect of the Revstream acquisition is derived based on
discounted cash flows from estimated recurring revenue streams. The fair value in respect of the MPP Global acquisition is derived
based on the value of customer related assets based on future cash flows should those assets be replaced. The carrying value is
stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an
individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the assets.
For details about amortisation methods and periods used by the Group for intangible assets see note 11.



Interest income and expense
Interest is recognised using the effective interest method.



Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful economic life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment and
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that are subject
to amortisation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Non-financial
assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting
date. Any impairment of goodwill is not reversed.


Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated in the financial statements of the Company at cost less any provision for impairment.



Graphics
91




Cash and cash equivalents
Cash is defined as cash in hand and on demand deposits. Cash equivalents are defined as short term, highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less.

Share-based payments
The Group operates share-based compensation plans that are equity settled. The fair value of the employee services received in
exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense in the Group income statement over the vesting period with
a corresponding adjustment to equity. The expense for options granted is included within operating costs. The charge taken to
the Company income statement reflects only those options granted to employees of the Company with the remainder granted to
employees employed under subsidiary companies. These options are treated in a similar manner to capital contributions with an
addition to investments.
The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted,
excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions.
Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to become exercisable.
At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. It
recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to
equity.
For market-based conditions, there is no re-measurement at subsequent reporting dates. Therefore, once determined, the
accounting expense will not be reduced if the performance target is not met and awards do not vest.
The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share
premium when the options are exercised.
Where the options granted have market based vesting conditions attached, the Group utilises the Monte Carlo pricing model. For
all other option grants the Black Scholes pricing model is applied.
Further details on the Group’s share based compensation plans are provided in note 29.

Foreign currency
Items included within the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary
economic environment in which the entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the
Group’s presentational currency.
Foreign transactions are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate ruling when the transaction is entered
into. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement.
On consolidation, the balance sheet of each overseas subsidiary is translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet,
and the income and expenses for each income statement are translated at the average exchange rate for the period subject
to revenue from overseas subsidiaries’ quarterly, half yearly or annual invoices for Annual Licence Fees or Maintenance being
recognised at the exchange rate at the point of invoicing. Exchange gains and losses arising thereon are recognised as a separate
component of equity. The main overseas balance sheets requiring translation are denominated in US Dollar, Singapore Dollar,
Polish Zloty and Canadian Dollar.
Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign subsidiaries are taken to shareholders’ equity
on consolidation. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of
the gain or loss on sale.

Pensions
The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans in respect of its UK employees and for employees in certain
overseas territories. Employee and employer contributions are based on basic earnings for the current year. The schemes are
funded by payments to trustee-administered funds completely independent of the Group’s finances. The expense is recognised
on a monthly basis as accrued. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.



Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
92





Tax incentive schemes
Entities within the Group are entitled to claim special tax deductions in relation to qualifying research and development expenditure.
The Group accounts for such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduces income tax payable and current
tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred tax assets.


Current and deferred income tax
The charge for current tax is based on the results for the year as adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not
accounted for, if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at
the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit and loss.
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance
sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability
is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the
timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will
not reverse in the foreseeable future.


Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at transaction price and to the extent that it is deemed necessary are
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. The Group assesses
impairment on a forward-looking basis using the expected credit loss method and has applied the simplified approach which
permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade and other receivables.
The amount of any provision is recognised in the income statement within other operating costs.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest
method. Trade payables are generally settled on 30 day terms.

Leasing
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A contract is, or contains a lease if the
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess
whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:
The contract involves the use of an identified asset this may be specified explicitly or implicitly and should be physically
distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive
substitution right, then the asset is not identified
The Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period
of use; and
The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights
that are most relevant to changing how and for what purposes the asset is used. In rare cases where all the decisions
about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined, the Group has the right to direct the use of the
asset if either:
The Group has the right to operate the asset; or
The Group designed the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose it will be used.



Graphics
93



On lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset is initially
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the
commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle, less any lease incentives received.
The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of
the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful life of the right-of-use asset
is periodically reviewed and if applicable, adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date,
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental
borrowing rate adjusted for lease specific and asset specific terms where required. Generally, the Group uses its incremental
borrowing rate as the discount rate adjusted for lease specific and asset specific terms where required.
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:
Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the
commencement date; and
Lease payments in an option renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and
penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.
The lease liability is measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments discounted at the incremental rate of
borrowing. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, or if the
Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise an extension or termination option.
Where the Group leases properties with no defined lease term, management have made an estimate of the remaining lease term
on commencement date based on their view of the business needs. The lease liability is then remeasured if circumstances arise
which change management’s perception of the remaining lease term and subsequent future lease payments.
If the contract includes options to break or terminate the lease which are at the right of the lessor, the Group measures the lease
term based on the expectation that these will lapse unless it has been made aware at the time of adoption. If subsequently the
lessor decides to exercise any of these options, the lease liability is then remeasured due to the change in future lease payments.
When the lease liability is remeasured in the above circumstances, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying value of
the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in the profit or loss if the carrying value of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
Where the Group has a legal obligation for future expenditure in relation to onerous lease properties which are either vacant or
being sublet, the right-of-use asset is adjusted by the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required
to settle the present obligation. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the
time value of money and the risks specific to the lease agreement.
The Group presents right-of-use assets within “property, plant and equipment” and lease liabilities in “capital lease obligations”.
Short term lease and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected to take the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that
have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The Group defines leases of low-value assets as being any
lease agreement where the total value of payments made across the lease term is less than £5,000.
The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Provisions
Provisions are created on the Group’s leased properties where it has a legal obligation to return them to their fair condition at
the end of their respective lease terms. The provision is measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the
future expected repair costs required at the balance sheet date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects
the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.



Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
94


Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or in respect of interim dividends when they are paid.
Dividend income
Dividend income to the Company received from subsidiary investments is recognised in the Company income statement in the
period in which it is paid.




Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposure.
Derivatives are initially recognised and measured at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and subsequently
measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement is taken to the income statement except where the derivative is a
designated hedging instrument. The accounting treatment of derivatives classified as hedges depends on their designation, which
occurs on the date that the derivative contract is committed to. At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the
economic relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows of the
hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its risk management
objectives and strategy for undertaking its hedging transactions. At the year-end the Group has designated its derivatives as a
hedge of the cost of a highly probable forecasted transaction commitment (‘cash flow hedge’). Gains or losses on cash flow hedges
that are regarded as highly effective are recognised in other comprehensive income. If the forecasted transaction or commitment
results in future income or expenditure, gains or losses deferred in other comprehensive income are transferred to the income
statement in the same period as the underlying income or expenditure. The ineffective portions of the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument are not recognised in other comprehensive income, rather they are recognised immediately in profit or loss.
For the portion of hedges deemed ineffective or transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9, any change
in assets or liabilities is recognised immediately in the income statement. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, any
cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecasted transaction is
ultimately recognised in the income statement.






FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s trading, multi-national operations and debt financing expose it to financial risks that include the effects of changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, credit risk, liquidity and interest rates.
The Group manages these risks so as to limit any adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.

(a) Market risk Foreign exchange
The Group’s major foreign exchange exposures are to the Polish Zloty, US Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Singapore Dollar. Group
policy in this area is to eliminate foreign currency cash flows between Group companies once the size and timing of transactions
can be predicted with sufficient certainty. This has been achieved by hedging Polish Zloty cash outflows 12 months in advance
by using forward foreign currency contracts. These have the effect of fixing the sterling amount of Polish Zlotys to be paid in the
future. The average remaining life of the forward exchange contracts at 31 December 2023 was 6 months (2022: 6 months).
Given the above policy, the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of a 5% exchange rate movement
(strengthening of sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non sterling trading currencies during the year.
2023
£000
2022
£000
Polish Zloty 57 (38)
US Dollar 66 56
Canadian Dollar 71 (5)
Singapore Dollar
73 47
267 60
In addition, the table below approximates the impact on the profit or loss of translation on the Group’s financial assets and
liabilities of a 5% exchange rate movement (strengthening of the sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non
sterling trading currencies.




Graphics
95
2023
£000
2022
£000
Polish Zloty 18 14
US Dollar (580) (841)
Canadian Dollar (17) (9)
Singapore Dollar
10 3
(569) (833)
For both of the tables displayed above, a 5% weakening of sterling against the relevant currency, there would be a comparable
but opposite impact on the profit.
Management have reviewed the 5% exchange rate movement and considered it is an appropriate value in calculating the impact
of foreign exchange exposures.
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Local Currency Units, was as follows:
2023 2022
PLN
CU ‘000
USD
CU ‘000
CAD
CU ‘000
SGD
CU ‘000
PLN
CU ‘000
USD
CU ‘000
CAD
CU ‘000
SGD
CU ‘000
Trade receivables 5,903 155 6,273 178
Trade payables
(570) (4) (1,152) (120) (2)
Foreign currency forwards
Buy foreign currency
(cash flow hedges)
71,400 73,100
(b) Market risk Interest rate
The Group’s major interest rate exposures during the year arose from both interest payable on borrowings and interest earned
on its cash balances.
In respect of interest payable on borrowings, it is the Group’s policy to enter into an interest rate swap so that there is no change
in interest payable pursuant to changes in interest rates. The fixed interest rate payable on the Group’s credit facility is 2.95%
(2022: 2.95%).
The Group’s policy on interest earned from its cash balances is to maximise the return (subject to the constraints imposed by the
need to limit credit and liquidity risk as detailed below).
Given the above policies the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of an increase of 100 basis
points in interest rates during the year. This is deemed an appropriate level given the current economic climate.
2023
£000
2022
£000
Increase in interest receivable on cash balances
249 248
For a decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates, there would be a comparable but opposite impact on profit.



Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
96



(c) Credit risk
The Group’s major credit risk exposures arise from its cash and trade receivable balances. The Group’s policies in this area are:
in respect of cash balances to ensure that deposits are always held across at least 2 financial institutions; and
in respect of trade receivables, the client or prospective client’s credit risk is assessed at the commencement of any
new project with payment terms agreed which are appropriate. Regular receivable reports are provided to senior
management and in addition credit insurance is maintained as appropriate for a number of trade receivable balances.
The table below shows the credit rating and balance of the six major counterparties at the balance sheet date:
Counterparty
Current Rating
(Moody’s)
31 December
2023
Balance
£000
31 December
2022
Balance
£000
Bank A A3 14,811 12,261
Bank B A3 10,284 7,345
Bank C Aa3 4,868 6,171
29,963 25,777
Customer A A2 1,349
Customer B A1 847 12
Customer C Baa3 731 10
2,927 22
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance
for all trade receivables.
To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and accrued income have been grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics and the days past due.
The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 31 December 2023 and the
corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and
forwardlooking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.
The contract assets relate to unbilled WIP and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the
same type of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable
approximation of the loss rates for contract assets.
The gross trade receivables amount included within the loss allowance calculation has been adjusted for elements which carry no
expected credit loss; this being the upfront annual licence fees.
Where the Company holds intercompany loan amounts due from fellow group subsidiaries, IFRS 9 requires the measurement of
expected credit losses. These loans were determined to be stage 1 intercompany loans for the purposes of the IFRS 9 impairment
model and consequently a twelve month expected credit loss was calculated.
On that basis, the loss allowance for trade receivables and contract assets as at 31 December 2023 for the Group was calculated
as follows (2022: £421,000):
Group
Not past due
£000
Less than
one month
overdue
£000
One to two
months
overdue
£000
Two to three
months
overdue
£000
More than
three months
overdue
£000
Total
£000
Expected loss rate 1% 5% 10% 15% 20%
Net carrying amount – trade receivables and contract
assets 2,225 1,781 727 860 227 5,820
Amounts subject to loss allowance 2,225 1,781 727 860 227 5,820
Specific loss allowance
Loss allowance 22 89 73 129 45 358
Total
22 89 73 129 45 358
* Net carrying amount excludes the value of annual software fees.
The loss allowance for the Company was calculated as being £nil (2022: £nil).
Trade receivables are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.




Graphics
97

(d) Liquidity risk
The Group’s major liquidity exposures arise from the need to settle its trade, employee and taxation liabilities as they fall due.
Whilst the Group is comfortably able to finance all of these payments out of operating cash flows, policies are in place to further
limit exposure to liquidity risk:
surplus cash is never deposited for maturities of longer than 110 days; and
uncommitted facilities will be entered into to support any specific expansion opportunities that arise.
Management monitors forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flow. The Group’s liquidity
management policy involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet
these.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and net-settled derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity
groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the
table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows including interest.
Group
Carrying
amount
£000
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
After
5 years
£000
Total
£000
At 31 December 2023
Borrowings 8,389 1,525 7,418 8,943
Capital lease obligations 3,014 538 799 1,198 906 3,441
Trade and other payables 7,684 7,684 7,684
19,087 9,747 8,217 1,198 906 20,068
Carrying
amount
£000
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
After
5 years
£000
Total
£000
At 31 December 2022
Borrowings 9,597 1,569 1,525 7,568 10,662
Capital lease obligations 3,749 642 914 1,370 1,387 4,313
Trade and other payables 7,212 7,212 7,212
20,558 9,423 2,439 8,938 1,387 22,187
Company
Carrying
amount
£000
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
Total
£000
At 31 December 2023
Borrowings 8,389 1,525 7,418 8,943
Trade and other payables 14,882 14,882 14,882
23,271 16,407 7,418 23,825
Carrying
amount
£000
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
Total
£000
At 31 December 2022
Borrowings 9,597 1,569 1,525 7,568 10,662
Trade and other payables 14,982 14,982 14,982
24,579 16,551 1,525 7,568 25,644



Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
98

The table below analyses the Group’s derivative financial instruments which will be settled on a gross basis into the relevant
maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in
the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
At 31 December 2023
Forward foreign exchange contracts
– cash flow hedges
Outflow (13,624)
Inflow 14,246
Interest rate swap
– cash flow hedges
Outflow (275) (230)
Inflow 586 489
933 259
Less than
1 year
£000
Between
1 and 2 years
£000
Between
2 and 5 years
£000
At 31 December 2022
Forward foreign exchange contracts
– cash flow hedges
Outflow (13,045)
Inflow 13,716
Interest rate swap
– cash flow hedges
Outflow (319) (655)
Inflow 467 960
819 305



Fair value estimation
Financial instruments not measured at fair value
Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other
payables, and loans and borrowings (including capitalised lease obligations), however, due to their short term nature and ability
to be liquidated at short notice their carrying value approximates their fair value.
Financial instruments measured at fair value
The fair value hierarchy of the financial instruments measures at fair value is provided below.
Level 2
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Financial Assets
 Derivative financial assets (designated hedge instruments)
1,141 1,339
1,141 1,339
The derivative financial assets and liabilities have been valued using the market approach, using actual market transactions for
similar assets and liabilities, which are considered to be Level 2 inputs. There were no changes to the valuation techniques used in
the year. There were no transfers between levels during the year.



Graphics
99
Capital risk management
The Group’s capital is considered by the Board to be the equity of the Company’s shareholders and includes the Group’s tangible
and intangible fixed assets and cash and debt balances. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders
and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the
Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to
reduce debt.
Aptitude Software Group plc manage the capital structure based on the economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the
Group. The Board reviews the capital structure regularly. No changes were made to our objectives and processes during 2023.
Our general funding policy is to raise long term debt when required to meet the anticipated requirements of the Group. Details of
the Group’s existing loan facility is provided in note 19 to the financial statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
Accounting judgments
(a) Recognition of revenue
The policy for the recognition of software licences, maintenance and subscription fees is detailed on pages 86 to 89.
Assessment of performance obligations
For Annual Licence Fees, the Group determines for each contract whether ongoing contractual software maintenance and
subscription fees represent a performance obligation that is distinct from the licence. For all existing contracts, it is determined
that the ongoing contractual obligations form part of a combined performance obligation with the software licence. This is through
the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the
period due to the need for the software to adapt over time to the changing needs and complexities of the regulatory environment.
For product specific consultancy, the Group also concludes for each contract as to whether this represents a separate, distinct
performance obligation from the licence. For all existing contracts, the services being provided met the criteria of being a separate,
distinct performance obligation on the basis that contractually the customer could choose to purchase the services elsewhere
without significantly affecting the promises included in the licence and maintenance agreement.
How the combined performance obligation should be recognised
Once the Group concludes on the revenue recognition profile, the business determines on a contract by contract basis the
period over which the revenues are recognised. This period is defined as the optimisation period and represents the duration of
time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancements of the software is
undertaken. Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the
contract, the revenues recognised across the minimum term are equal to the total value of the contract.
Revenue recognition constraint
During the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client environment,
an ongoing assessment is performed by management on a contract by contract basis to determine if sufficient challenges exist
that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist, the revenue
recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the reporting date,
with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed, the amount
of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total expected
development hours to be incurred across the contract period.
Product specific consultancy deferral
For any implementation service contract where the client is contracting on a time and materials basis, an assessment is made
by management at the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain
contractual obligations without incremental charge. Where such effort is anticipated, an accompanying deferral is calculated
based on the value of this time if charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.


Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
100
(b) Impairment of goodwill
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units to which goodwill
has been allocated. The judgement is in relation to the allocation to a single CGU. The Group has determined that it has only one
cash generating unit at the year end, this being the Aptitude business.
This determination was made with reference to the following principal factors:
Information provided to management and the Board utilised to assess the performance of the business and make decisions
is done on a consolidated Group basis;
Key management personnel are compensated based on the performance of the business as a whole;
Operating and capital budgets are only approved or modified by management based on financial information for the business
as a whole;
Clients are serviced across the Group’s global offices meaning each regions cash inflows and assets are not independent from
other regions; and
Clients often purchase one or more of the Group’s highly complementary and integrated products as part of an all-in price
removing any possibility to accurately determine the recoverable amount on each. Consequently, the products’ cash inflows
and assets are not independent from other products.
(c) Impairment of other intangibles
The Group also assesses annually any indicators that other intangible assets might be impaired. The impairment tests are based
on value-in-use calculations on a similar basis to that used in the impairment of Goodwill calculation and is therefore subject to
the same estimates by management.
Impairments recognised during the year are performed against the carrying value of other intangible assets. The impairment is
recognised in the income statement in the period which it is deemed to arise.
(d) Impairment of investments
The Group has also carried out an impairment review on the value of investments held in the Company. Where the investment is
held in a company which has an ongoing trade, the value is derived by a value in use calculation of the cash generating units. This
is done on a similar basis to that used in the impairment of goodwill calculation as detailed above and is therefore subject to the
same estimates by management. Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from
the carrying value of the net assets on the balance sheet of that entity.
(e) Development costs
The Group invests on a continual basis in the development of new and enhanced features in the product suite. There is a
continual process of enhancements to and expansion of the overall product suite with judgement required in assessing whether
the development costs meet the criteria for capitalisation. These judgements have been applied consistently year to year. In
making this judgement, the Group evaluates, amongst other factors, whether there are future economic benefits beyond the
current period, the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, management’s intention to complete and use or sell
the product, the likelihood of success, availability of technical and financial resources to complete the development phase and
management’s ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the project.
Judgement is therefore required in determining the practice for capitalising development costs. The accounting policy for research
and product development is detailed on page 90 and in the current year there are no development expenses that have been
capitalised (2022: £nil). The total product management, research and development expenditure in the period is £17.8 million
(2022: £17.0 million).
Given the challenges surrounding the complexity of underlying software development issues and the competitive nature of the
markets in which we operate, technical feasibility and future probability of development has only been satisfied once the product
is deployed into a live client environment. Accordingly, these development costs have not been capitalised.
Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance
existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order
to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred and included within
research and development expense in the income statement.


Graphics
101
(f) Contingent liabilities
The Group reviews any potential claims, if applicable, to assess if there are any possible obligations, as it has yet to be confirmed
whether the entity has a present obligation, or any present obligations of which it is either not probable that an outflow of
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or a sufficiently reliable estimate of the amount
of the obligation cannot be made. Where any of these conditions are met, a contingent liability is disclosed (see Note 32).
(g) Taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amount to be recognised.
In particular, judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration
given to the timing and level of future taxable income.
(h) Impairment of receivables
The Group assesses the recoverability of receivables and measures expected credit losses as at the balance sheet date. Where
the Group assess an expected credit loss, an allowance is made to the receivable and recognised in the income statement (see
Note 16).
Accounting estimates
(a) Recognition of revenue
Method of recognising revenue
Where the software licence and maintenance fees meet the criteria of a combined performance obligation, the Group determines
for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue in line with development activity related to the relevant
product. Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an
initial estimate of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the period. This estimate is then reviewed against
actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.
The estimation of the development activity, principally the number of hours anticipated to be incurred, impacts all customer
contracts and therefore as at 31 December 2023, the deferred income balance of £31.5 million (2022: £29.6 million) and accrued
income balance £0.4 million (2022: £1.1 million) have been calculated pursuant to estimates. Sensitivity analysis was performed
with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated development effort and determined
that in all cases, with all other variables being held constant, the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods
was not material.
Product specific consultancy deferral
As outlined with the accounting judgments applied to the recognition of revenue, management make a deferral of revenue at
the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain contractual obligations
without incremental charge. Where such effort is anticipated, management estimate the amount required along with the
accompanying value of this time if charged to the client. The estimate for 2023 is £1,023,000 (2022: £662,000). Sensitivity analysis
was performed with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated consultancy effort and
determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not material.
(b) Taxation
Income tax
The actual tax the Group pays on its profits is determined according to complex tax laws and regulations. Where the effect of
these laws and regulations is unclear, judgements and estimates are used in determining the liability for the tax to be paid on past
profits which are then recognised in the financial statements. The Group believes the estimates, assumptions and judgements are
reasonable but this can involve complex issues which may take a number of years to resolve. The final determination of prior year
tax liabilities could be different from the estimates reflected in the financial statements and may result in the recognition of an
additional tax expense or tax credit in the income statement.
USA sales and use tax
The Group continues to review its liability to tax its supplies in a number of states following changes in the interpretation and
application of sales tax regulations in the USA. Whilst for the majority of states this review has been concluded, the Group still


Graphics
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
102
considers that there is risk, that some elements of its supplies in a few remaining states would have been subject to sales tax in
previous periods. Consequently, the Group holds a provision totalling £0.7 million (2022: £0.3 million) at the year-end equating to
the potential historic sales tax liability the business is exposed to as a result of the risk of non-recoverability from its clients who
will bear these costs going forwards. The value of this provision has been determined based on management’s estimate of which
supplies it believes are captured by the regulation, which clients we have a risk of non-recoverability from and over what historic
period this provision should be held against.
Sensitivity analysis was performed with management considering the impact of a reasonable proportional movement in the
estimates applied and determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not
material.
(c) Impairment of goodwill
The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash generating
unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The discount rate applied in the value in use calculation
approximates to the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital.
The Group annually reviews the goodwill valuation based on various scenarios and each of these scenarios have different growth
rate assumptions. The growth rate assumptions are in relation to periods covered by Board approved plans. Details of these
scenarios, growth rate assumptions and sensitivities are provided in note 10.
Impairment reviews during the year are performed against the carrying value of goodwill. The impairment is recognised in the
income statements in the period which it is deemed to arise.


Graphics
103


Financial Statements
1. Segmental Information
Business segments
The Board has determined the operating segments based on the reports it receives from management to make strategic
decisions.
The reports from management consist of one segment, the Aptitude business. Therefore, the only business segment for
both periods was Aptitude and therefore no segmental analysis is provided for this or the corresponding period.
The principal activity of the Group throughout 2022 and 2023 was the provision of business-critical software and services.
(a) Geographical segments
The Group has two geographical segments for reporting purposes, the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World.
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s sales by origin and by destination along with the profit before tax.
Sales revenue by origin Sales revenue by destination Profit before income tax
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
United Kingdom 41,087 39,329 11,747 15,809 3,518 76
Rest of World 33,598 35,065 62,938 58,585 1,522 3,129
74,685 74,394 74,685 74,394 5,040 3,205
The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of non-current assets (excluding deferred and income tax assets), and
additions to property, plant and equipment (excluding right-of-use asset additions resulting from property lease agreements)
and intangible assets, analysed by the geographical area in which the assets are located.
Carrying amount of
non-current assets Capital expenditure
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
United Kingdom 54,525 57,414 65 349
Rest of World 14,720 16,122 536 482
69,245 73,536 601 831
The Company’s business is to invest in its subsidiaries and, therefore, it operates in a single segment.


Graphics
104
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements



2. Revenue from contracts with customers
(a) Analysis of revenue from contracts with customers
The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services in the following major product lines and geographical
regions:
Continuing operations
Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue
Year ended 31 Dec 23
United
Kingdom
£000
Rest of World
£000
Total
£000
United
Kingdom
£000
Rest of World
£000
Total
£000
Total
£000
Revenue from external
customers
9,537 43,833 53,370 2,210 19,105 21,315 74,685
Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue
Year ended 31 Dec 22
United
Kingdom
£000
Rest of World
£000
Total
£000
United
Kingdom
£000
Rest of World
£000
Total
£000
Total
£000
Revenue from external
customers 11,393 39,141 50,534 4,416 19,444 23,860 74,394
All of the revenue displayed in the above table is recognised over time in line with the Group’s accounting policy detailed on
pages 99 to 101 and has been generated from contracts with customers.
For recurring revenue, the Group typically receives payment for its licence and maintenance fees annually in advance of the
performance obligations being satisfied. Non-recurring revenue is paid as and when either the services have been provided
or, in the case of fixed price projects in line with the payment schedule.
During both periods presented the Group had no customers whose revenue represented an amount equal to or exceeding
10% of total revenue.
(b) Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers
The Group has recognised assets and liabilities relating to contracts with customers. These amounts are classified as accrued
and deferred income respectively for the purposes of this report and are displayed within notes 16 and 20.
(i) Significant movements in accrued and deferred income
Accrued income has decreased against the prior year to £396,000 at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: £1,114,000)
due to timing differences on when the software or service was provided against when it has been invoiced to the customer.
Deferred income has increased in the year to £31.5 million (31 December 2022: £29.6 million). The movement is due to the
growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription
fee invoices issued during 2023 in excess of that recognised. Further, a small number of material invoices for new business
contracts signed in the final weeks of 2022 were not issued until 2023.
(ii) Revenue recognised in relation to deferred income
The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to the release of the
carried-forward deferred income balance on 31 December of the previous period:
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Revenue recognised that was included in the deferred income balance at 31 December of the previous period 26,913 29,025




Graphics
105

2. Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)
(iii) Revenue yet to be recognised on long-term contracts
The following table details the value of future contracted revenue resulting from the Group’s fixed price long term software
and services contracts which is yet to be recognised in the income statement due to the relevant contractual performance
obligations not being satisfied before the year end. These amounts are set to be recognised in the Group’s income statement
across the period 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2029 on a contract by contract basis as and when the performance
obligations are met:
Group
As at
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
As at
31 Dec 2022
£000
Aggregate amount of future contracted revenue in relation to long-term software and service contracts that is not
recognised in the income statement as at 31 December 80,956 87,097
Group
As at
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
As at
31 Dec 2022
£000
Revenue to be recognised in the Group’s income statement:
Within one year 40,716 36,019
Within two to five years 39,890 50,934
After five years 350 144
80,956 87,097
All other software and service contracts are billed based on time incurred. As permitted under IFRS 15, these amounts have
been excluded for the purposes of the above calculation given the variable nature.
(iv) Assets recognised from costs to fulfil a contract
In addition to the contract balances disclosed above, the Group has also recognised an asset in relation to the commission
costs of obtaining a contract. This is amortised on a straight-line basis over the optimisation period assessed by management
and presented within other long-term assets in the balance sheet. See further details on the optimisation period within the
revenue recognition policy.
Group
As at
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
As at
31 Dec 2022
£000
Asset recognised from costs incurred to fulfil a contract at 31 December 1,016 1,307
Amortisation recognised as cost of providing services during the year from continuing operations 653 572



Graphics
106
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements

3 Operating profit
The following items are included in operating costs:
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Employee benefit expense (note 4) 44,592 45,622
Depreciation 1,049 1,132
Other operating costs 19,318 20,133
64,959 66,887
Non-underlying operating costs:
Amortisation of intangibles 3,381 3,382
Acquisition and associated reorganisation costs 1,060 440
4,441 3,822
69,400 70,709
The acquisition and associated reorganisation costs are in relation to the continued integration of MPP Global into the
Group, which was completed in the year.
Profit from continuing operations has been arrived at after charging:
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains (535) 64
Research and development costs 17,843 17,031
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,049 1,137
Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment 248 240
Low value or short term rental expense 550 218
Gain on disposal of right-of-use asset 51
During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditors at costs as detailed below:
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Fees payable to Companys auditors for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements 140 130
Fees payable to the Companys auditors and its associates for other services:
 – the audit of Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 115 101
255 231
A description of the work of the Audit Committee is included in the corporate governance statement on pages 35 to 38 and
includes an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided
by the auditors. No non-audit services were provided in the current or prior year.



Graphics
107


4 Employees and directors
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Employee benefit expense during the year
Wages and salaries 40,574 40,440 420 752
Social security costs 2,622 3,229 66 134
Other pension costs 1,271 1,258 5 25
Share based payment costs on share options 125 695 (173) 37
44,592 45,622 318 948
Average monthly number of employees (including directors) for the Group and Company:
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
Number
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
Number
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
Number
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
Number
By location:
United Kingdom 154 182 5 7
Rest of World 346 316
500 498 5 7
Group headcount at 31 December 2023 was 472 (2022: 527).

Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Key management compensation:
Short-term employee benefits 2,204 2,473
Social security costs 220 316
Post employment benefits 87 85
Share based payment costs on share options 218 429
2,729 3,303
Key management compensation for the Group includes the Board of the Company and senior executives within the Group.
All bonuses are accrued for at year end and remain unpaid at the date of the accounts. Details can be found in the Directors’
Remuneration Statement on pages 40 to 44. Share based payment costs for key management personnel relate to the
number of options held at year end.
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Directors
Short-term employee benefits 928 1,129
Social security costs 112 160
Post employment benefits 31 32
Share based payment costs on share options 66 213
1,137 1,534
Average monthly number of Directors and senior executives in respect of continuing operations were 11 (2022: 10). The key
management figures given above include the Directors of Aptitude Software Group plc.
The information on Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct
Authority is contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 60. Amounts displayed throughout the tables
above exclude the impact of long term incentive awards and Deferred Bonus Plan awards which have either been exercised
in the year or have vested but are yet to be exercised.



Graphics
108
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements


5 Net finance cost
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Finance income
Interest on bank deposits 282 18
282 18
Finance cost
Interest payable on bank borrowings (316) (350)
Interest payable on capital lease obligations (129) (124)
Amortisation of loan arrangement fee (82) (24)
(527) (498)
Net finance cost (245) (480)




6 Income tax expense
Analysis of charge in the year
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Current tax:
– tax charge on underlying items (2,463) (1,051)
– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items (241) (344)
Total current tax (2,704) (1,395)
Deferred tax (note 15):
– tax credit/(charge) on underlying items 951 (111)
– tax credit on non-underlying items 871 871
– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items (33) 25
Total deferred tax 1,789 785
Income tax expense (915) (610)

The net adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items totalling £274,000 (2022: £319,000) relates to the
reduction in the assumed benefit from research and development relief in the UK.
UK corporation tax is calculated at 23.5% (2022: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other
jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.
UK corporation tax rates substantively enacted as part of the March 2021 Bill included an increase of the rate to 25% from
1 April 2023.


Graphics
109
6 Income tax expense (continued)
The tax for the year is lower than (2022: lower than) the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2022: 19%).
The differences are explained below:
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Profit before tax 5,040 3,205
Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 23.5% (2022: 19%) (1,185) (610)
Effects of:
Adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods (274) (319)
Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates 62 (138)
Non-underlying expenses not deductible for tax purposes (138) (45)
Other 166 (303)
Research and development tax relief 226 561
Recognition of tax losses not recognised as a deferred tax asset 190 214
Change in future tax rates 38 30
Total taxation (915) (610)
The total tax charge of £915,000 (2022: £610,000) represents 18.2% (2022: 19.0%) of the Group profit before tax of
£5,040,000 (2022: £3,205,000).
After adjusting for the impact of non-underlying items, change in tax rates, share based payment charge and prior year tax
charge, the tax charge for the year of £1,702,000 (2022: £1,375,000) represents 17.95% (2022: 19.57%), which is the tax rate
used for calculating the adjusted earnings per share.
Tax losses are not recognised as a deferred tax asset when there is no available evidence that future taxable profits will be
generated for which the deferred tax asset can be utilised against.


Graphics
110
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
7 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of
all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group has dilutive potential ordinary shares in the form of share options granted to
employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:
Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022
Earnings
£000
Weighted
average
number of
shares
(in thousands)
Per-share
amount
pence
Earnings
£000
Weighted
average
number of
shares
(in thousands)
Per-share
amount
pence
Basic EPS
Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders 4,125 57,338 7.2 2,595 57,288 4.5
Effect of dilutive securities:
– share options 670 (0.1) 819 (0.0)
Diluted EPS 4,125 58,008 7.1 2,595 58,107 4.5
To provide an indication of the underlying operating performance per share the adjusted profit after tax figure shown below
excludes non-underlying and other items and has a tax charge using the effective rate of 17.95% (2022: 19.57%).
Year ended 31 Dec 2023 Year ended 31 Dec 2022
Basic EPS
pence
Diluted EPS
pence
Basic EPS
pence
Diluted EPS
pence
Earnings per share 7.2 7.1 4.5 4.5
Non-underlying items net of tax 6.2 6.2 5.2 5.1
Prior years’ tax charge 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6
Recognition of tax losses (0.3) (0.3) (0.4) (0.4)
Adjusted earnings per share 13.6 13.5 9.9 9.8
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Profit before tax and non-underlying items 9,481 7,027
Tax charge at a rate of 17.95% (2022: 19.57%) (1,702) (1,375)
7,779 5,652
Prior years’ tax charge (274) (320)
Non-underlying items net of tax (3,570) (2,951)
Recognition of tax losses 190 214
Profit on ordinary activities after tax 4,125 2,595


Graphics
111
8 Dividends
2023
pence
per share
2022
pence
per share
2023
£000
2022
£000
Dividends paid:
Interim dividend 1.80 1.80 1,032 1,032
Final dividend (prior year) 3.603.602,064 2,061
5.40 5.40 3,096 3,093
Proposed but not recognised as a liability:
Final dividend (current year)
3.603.602,0642,064
The proposed final dividend was approved by the Board on 20 March 2024 but was not included as a liability as at
31 December 2023, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet date’. If approved by the shareholders at the
Annual General Meeting this final dividend will be payable on 14 June 2024 to shareholders on the register at the close of
business on 24 May 2024.


9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets
Right-of-use
assets
£000
Leasehold
improvements
£000
Plant &
machinery
£000
Fixtures &
fittings
£000
Total
£000
Group
Cost
At 1 January 2023 4,614 621 5,383 494 11,112
Additions 601 601
Transfers (489) (214) 214 489
Disposals (616) (729) (1,345)
Exchange movements (106) 6 117 2 19
At 31 December 2023 3,403 413 5,586 985 10,387
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2023 1,504 168 3,917 420 6,009
Charge for the year (note 3) 435 5 522 87 1,049
Transfers (694) 220 624 (150)
Disposals (499) (729) (1,228)
Exchange movements (4) 4 73 73
At 31 December 2023 742 397 4,407 357 5,903
Net book amount
At 31 December 2023 2,661 16 1,179 628 4,484



Graphics
112
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements



9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets (continued)
Right-of-use
assets
£000
Leasehold
improvements
£000
Plant &
machinery
£000
Fixtures &
fittings
£000
Total
£000
Group
Cost
At 1 January 2022 6,334 621 4,539 440 11,934
Additions 829 766 65 1,660
Disposals (2,549) (75) (11) (2,635)
Exchange movements 153 153
At 31 December 2022 4,614 621 5,383 494 11,112
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2022 3,555 77 3,718 323 7,673
Charge for the year (note 3) 498 91 443 100 1,132
Disposals (2,549) (75) (3) (2,627)
Exchange movements (169) (169)
At 31 December 2022 1,504 168 3,917 420 6,009
Net book amount
At 31 December 2022 3,110 453 1,466 74 5,103

All the Group’s right-of-use assets relate to the capital lease agreements for various office spaces.
Plant &
machinery
£000
Total
£000
Company
Cost
At 1 January 2023 452 452
Additions 19 19
At 31 December 2023 471 471
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2023 437 437
Charge for the year 10 10
At 31 December 2023 447 447
Net book amount
At 31 December 2023 24 24
Plant &
machinery
£000
Total
£000
Company
Cost
At 1 January 2022 441 441
Additions 11 11
At 31 December 2022 452 452
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2022 428 428
Charge for the year 9 9
At 31 December 2022 437 437
Net book amount
At 31 December 2022 15 15



Graphics
113

10 Goodwill
31 Dec 2023
£000
31 Dec 2022
£000
Cost
At 1 January 46,006 46,006
At 31 December 46,006 46,006
Net book amount 46,006 46,006
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected
to benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:
Aptitude
£000
Total
£000
At 1 January and 31 December 2023 46,006 46,006
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be
impaired.
The group is a single CGU and determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the
CGU to which all goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash
flows expected to arise from the CGU and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value.
For the purposes of performing the goodwill impairment review, the Group have utilised the Board approved plans for
the three-year period to 31st December 2026 followed by anticipated growth in operating profit of 10% per annum for
the period 2027-2028. The growth rates and assumptions applied were based on the Group’s assessment of the future
opportunities within the market, with no change in working capital assumptions and the existing loan to be repaid in full on
termination date.
In determining the values, management have utilised Board approved plans and market consensus data.
The terminal growth rates for the period after 2028 are no greater than 2.25% (2022: 2.25%) per annum. The utilisation of
deferred tax losses to offset the tax payable has not been considered. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The discount rate applied to the CGU was 13.9% (2022: 13.5%).
Sensitivity analysis was performed on the business with a 10% proportional movement in any combination of the assumptions
not resulting in an impairment.



Graphics
114
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements


11 Intangible assets
Software IPR
£000
Customer
relationships
£000
Total
£000
Group
Cost
At 1 January 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741
At 31 December 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2023 4,644 2,977 7,621
Amortisation 2,109 1,272 3,381
At 31 December 2023 6,753 4,249 11,002
Net book amount
At 31 December 2023 11,119 6,620 17,739
Software IPR
£000
Customer
relationships
£000
Total
£000
Group
Cost
At 1 January 2022 17,872 10,869 28,741
At 31 December 2022 17,872 10,869 28,741
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2022 2,535 1,704 4,239
Amortisation 2,109 1,273 3,382
At 31 December 2022 4,644 2,977 7,621
Net book amount
At 31 December 2022 13,228 7,892 21,120

The Company held no intangible assets during the year (2022: £nil).
The externally acquired software intellectual property rights (IPR) relates to expected future benefits of software and
development projects in progress at the date of acquisition of the Group's subsidiaries. As at 31 December 2023 no internal
research and development costs have been capitalised. The client relationships relate to expected benefits to be obtained
from recurring levels of business from clients obtained as a result of acquisitions. The useful lives of the intangible assets
acquired as part of the acquisition of Revstream in 2017 have been determined as 10 years in respect of both software IPR
and customer relationships (2022: 10 years). The useful lives of the intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of
MPP Global in 2021 have been determined as 8 years in respect of both software IPR and customer relationships (2022:
8 years). At 31 December 2023, the carrying value of the intangible assets in relation to Revstream is £3,102,000. The
carrying value of the intangible assets in relation to MPP Global is £14,637,000.
The amortisation charge in the year is shown in non-underlying costs.


Graphics
115

12 Investments in subsidiaries
The Group did not hold any investments in 2023 (2022: nil).
2023
£000
2022
£000
Company
Cost
At 1 January 97,460 96,788
Share based payments – share options granted to employees of subsidiaries 298 672
At 31 December
97,758 97,460
Impairment
At 1 January and 31 December 28,950 28,950
Net book amount
At 31 December 68,808 68,510
Investments are held at cost less provisions for impairment. If there is an impairment trigger then the recoverable amounts
of the investments are determined by calculating a value in use for the appropriate subsidiary investment. Management
estimates discount rates using pre–tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the
risks specific to the subsidiary investments.
Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from the carrying value of the net
assets on the balance sheet of that entity.
The Directors consider the value of the investments to be supported by their underlying assets and consider there to be no
indicators of impairment.
Subsidiaries Country Activity
Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited * Canada Employment and Group Services
Aptitude Software Inc.* USA Software and Services
Aptitude Software Limited England & Wales Software and Services
Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o.* Poland Development
Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited Singapore Software and Services
Aptitude Revstream Inc.* USA Software and Services
MPP Global Solutions Limited England & Wales Software and Services
MPP Global Solutions Inc* USA Software and Services
MPP Global Solutions kk* Japan Software and Services
* Indirectly held by Aptitude Software Group plc
As at 31 December 2023, the Company owns 100% of the ordinary share capital in the above subsidiaries.
The registered office of the group’s principal subsidiaries which is not that of the Company are detailed below:
Subsidiary Registered office
Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited 1055 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500 Royal Centre, PO Box 11117, Vancouver, British Columbia,
V6E 4N7, Canada
Aptitude Software Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011
Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o. ul. Muchoborska 6, 54-424 Wroclaw, Poland
Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited 600 North Bridge Road, 23-01 Parkway Square, Singapore (188778)
Aptitude RevStream Inc. Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle Delaware, 19801
MPP Global Solutions Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011
MPP Global Solutions kk Tobu Bidg 6F, 6 Chrome-28-9 Jingumae, Shibuya, Tokyo 150-0001



Graphics
116
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements

13 Other long-term assets
Group
2023
£000
Group
2022
£000
Prepaid commission costs 1,016 1,307
Per IFRS 15, the Group’s assessment is that commission incurred on software licence sales meets the definition of
incremental costs of obtaining a contract. An asset is therefore recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of
commissions payable which is then amortised across the optimisation period assessed for each customer. Further detail on
the optimisation period can be found in the Group’s revenue recognition policy detailed on pages 86 to 89.
The Company held no other long term assets during the year (2022: £nil).


14 Income tax assets
As at 31 December 2023, the Group has income tax assets totalling £1,037,000 (2022: £1,352,000), all of which is expected
to be recovered within 12 months. These amounts are in relation to recoverable corporation tax from the relevant tax
authorities for offset against future tax instalments.

15 Deferred tax
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 25% (2022: 25% for
all balances unless recoverable before 1 April 2023). USA deferred tax is calculated using an effective rate of 27% being made
up of 21% federal and 6% state tax (2022: 27% made up of 21% federal and 6% state tax).
Deferred tax
Group
2023
£’000
Group
2022
£’000
Company
2023
£’000
Company
2022
£’000
Deferred tax
– Deferred tax assets 1,379 423
– Deferred tax liabilities (4,967) (5,724) (84) (116)
Deferred tax (liability) (3,588) (5,301) (84) (116)
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
Group
2023
£’000
Group
2022
£’000
Company
2023
£’000
Company
2022
£’000
At 1 January (5,301) (5,696) (116) 147
Underlying items credit/(charge) to income statement for the year 913 (116) (57) (28)
Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year 871 871
(Charge)/credit to equity (note 26) (66) (137) 17 (55)
Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) 50 (335) (203)
Exchange differences (93) 82
Changes in tax rate 38 30 2 23
At 31 December (3,588) (5,301) (154) (116)


Graphics
117
15 Deferred tax (continued)
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of taxable losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred
tax assets where it is probable that these assets will be recovered. The exception related to temporary differences in relation
to investments in subsidiaries of £23.3m has been applied. At 31 December 2023, the Group had unused tax losses totalling
£1,029,000 available for offset against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the losses due
to the unpredictability of future profit streams.
Deferred tax asset
Short term
timing
differences
£000
Share-based
payments
£000
Total
£000
Group
At 1 January 2022 527 317 844
Underlying items credit/(charge) to income statement for the year (176) 8 (168)
Charge to equity (note 26) (137) (137)
Changes in tax rate 72 11 83
At 31 December 2022 423 199 622
Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 781 3 784
Charge to equity (note 26) (66) (66)
Changes in tax rate 39 39
At 31 December 2023 1,243 136 1,379
Deferred tax liability arising on cash flow hedges, acquisitions of intangible fixed assets and accelerated depreciation:
Deferred tax liability
Accelerated
depreciation
£000
Intangible
fixed assets
£000
Cash flow
hedges
£000
Total
£000
Group
At 1 January 2022 (180) (6,360) (6,540)
Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year 871 871
Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 79 79
Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) (335) (335)
Change in tax rate 2 2
At 31 December 2022 (99) (5,489) (335) (5,923)
Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year 871 871
Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 36 36
Credit to other comprehensive income (note 25) 50 50
Change in tax rate (1) (1)
At 31 December 2023 (64) (4,618) (285) (4,967)


Graphics
118
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
15 Deferred tax (continued)
Accelerated
capital
allowances
£000
Short term
timing
differences
£000
Share-based
payments
£000
Cash flow
hedge
Total
£000
Company
At 1 January 2022 41 4 102 147
Total (charge) to income statement for the year (7) (21) (28)
Change in tax rate 23 23
(Charge) to equity (note 26) (55) (55)
Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) (203) (203)
At 31 December 2022 57 4 26 (203) (116)
Total (charge) to income statement for the year (9) (4) (44) (57)
Change in tax rate 2 2
Credit to equity (note 26) 17 17
Credit to other comprehensive income (note 25) 70 70
At 31 December 2023 50 (1) (133) (84)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention
to settle the balances net.
Explanation of the movements in the year is provided on page 117.


16 Trade and other receivables
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
31 Dec 2022
£000
Trade receivables 10,678 10,091
Less: provision for impairment of receivables (358) (421)
Trade receivables – net 10,320 9,670
Other receivables 14 45
Prepayments 1,796 1,513 503 452
Accrued income 396 1,114
12,526 12,297 548 452
Within the trade receivables balance of £10,678,000 (2022: £10,091,000) there are balances totalling £5,036,000 (2022:
£4,057,000) which, at 31 December 2023, were overdue for payment. Of this balance £3,612,000 (2022: £2,841,000) has
been collected at 18 March 2024 (2022: 17 March 2023). The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:
The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:
Trade receivables
31 Dec 2023
£000
31 Dec 2022
£000
Not past due 5,642 6,034
Past due
Less than one month overdue 1,620 1,484
One to two months overdue 1,099 1,479
Two to three months overdue 1,217 352
More than three months overdue 1,100 742
At 31 December 10,678 10,091
The Company had no trade receivables in either year.



Graphics
119

16 Trade and other receivables (continued)
Trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
31 Dec 2022
£000
Sterling 7,206 5,415 548 452
United States Dollars 5,167 6,683
Other 153 199
12,526 12,297 548 452
Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
At 1 January 421 21
Charged to income statement 302 35
Specific provision (365) 365
At 31 December 358 421
Movements in the provision for impaired trade receivables have been included in the income statement under other
operating costs. £365,000 was written off as unrecoverable to the income statement during the year (2022: £nil).
Non–trade receivables do not contain any impaired assets.



17 Financial instruments
At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts and the interest rate swap are:
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Group
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Interest rate swaps - cash flow hedges 534 812
Forward foreign exchange contracts - cash flow hedges 607 527
1,141 1,339
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Company
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Assets
£000
Liabilities
£000
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 534 812
534 812
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative assets in the consolidated
statement of financial position.



Graphics
120
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements

17 Financial instruments (continued)
Currency derivatives
As in previous years, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to hedge a proportion of the Group’s forecast Polish Zloty
denominated costs over the next 12 months. The forward exchange contracts mature across the year.
The notional principal amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date are as follows:
31 Dec 2023
£000
31 Dec 2022
£000
Forward foreign exchange contracts – Polish Zloty 13,624 13,045
There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the foreign
exchange contracts match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment
date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign
exchange contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical
derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair
value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.
In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:
Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments
Different indices (and accordingly different curves) linked to the hedged risk of the hedged items and hedging
instruments
The counterparties’ credit risk differently impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged
items
Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments.
At 31 December 2023, the fair value of the Group’s interest rate derivatives is estimated to be an asset of approximately
£607,000 (2022: £527,000), based on quoted market values.
The forward contracts are designated as effective as cash flow hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The
fair value has been recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.
Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2023:
Maturity
Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total
Notional amount (£000)
6,654 6,970 13,624
Average GBP:Zloty contract value
5.32 5.17 5.24
Change in discounted spot value of outstanding hedging instruments since inception of the hedge (£000) 545
Change in value of hedged item for outstanding hedging instruments (£000) 10
Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2022:
Maturity
Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total
Notional amount (£000) 6,798 6,247 13,045
Average GBP:Zloty contract value 5.59 5.62 5.60
The ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2023 was £nil (2022: £43,000).
The amount recycled to the income statement in respect of contracts that matured in 2023 was a gain of £941,000 (2022:
loss of £187,000).
The effective fair value gain from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December
2023 was £1,021,000 (2022: gain of £604,000).



Graphics
121


17 Financial instruments (continued)
Interest rate swap
The Group and Company entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the fair value interest rate risk arising
where it has borrowed at floating rates.
There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the interest
rate swap contract match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment
date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the interest rate
swap contract are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical
derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair
value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.
At 31 December 2023, the fair value of the Group’s interest rate derivatives is estimated to be an asset of approximately
£534,000 (2022: £812,000) based on discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and are based
on market prices at the balance sheet date.
The interest rate swap is designated as an effective cash flow hedge in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The
change in fair value of the hedging instrument since the start of the year was £23,000 and has been recognised in other
comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.
Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2023:
Fixed to floating
Maturity
Floating to fixed
Maturity
Less than
1 year
Between 1 and
2 years Total
Less than
1 year
Between 1 and
2 years Total
Notional amount (£000) 1,250 7,188 8,438 1,250 7,188 8,438
Weighted average hedged rate SONIA + 1.75% SONIA + 1.75% 2.95% 2.95%
The change in value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness in the year was £1,250,000. The ineffectiveness
recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2023 was £nil (2022: £nil).
The effective fair value gain from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December
2023 was £23,000 (2022: £841,000 gain).

Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities
Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by
discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year-end exchange rates.
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Note
Book value
£000
Fair value
£000
Book value
£000
Fair value
£000
Group
Cash at bank and in hand 18 34,085 34,085 29,245 29,245
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Note
Book value
£000
Fair value
£000
Book value
£000
Fair value
£000
Company
Cash at bank and in hand 18 22,951 22,951 14,340 14,340
The carrying amount of borrowings, short term payables and receivables, net of impairment, is equal to their fair value.
Neither the Group or the Company defaulted on any loans during the year. In addition the Group and Company did not
breach the terms of any loan agreements during the year.



Graphics
122
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
17 Financial instruments (continued)
Credit quality of financial assets
The credit quality of financial assets can be assessed by reference to the customer type.
Group
2023
£000
2022
£000
Trade receivables
Banks and financial institutions 3,284 1,641
Other corporates 2,358 4,393
Total current trade receivables 5,642 6,034
Banks and financial institutions 542 888
Other corporates 4,494 3,169
Overdue trade receivables 5,036 4,057
Total trade receivables 10,678 10,091
Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits
Current Rating
(Moody’s)
2023
£000
2022
£000
A3 29,121 22,666
Aa3 4,868 6,468
Aa1 96 111
34,085 29,245
None of the financial assets that are fully performing have been renegotiated in the last year.

18 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
31 Dec 2022
£000
Sterling 23,815 15,525 22,951 14,340
United States Dollar 8,821 13,112
Euros 356 212
Canadian Dollar 798 285
Polish Zloty 259 44
Singapore Dollar 29 49
Japanese Yen 7 18
Cash at bank and in hand 34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340
The effective interest rate on short term deposits was 1.1% (2022: 0.0%).


Graphics
123

19 Financial liabilities
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
31 Dec 2022
£000
Bank loan 8,389 9,597 8,389 9,597
The borrowings are repayable as follows:
Within one year 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250
In the second year 7,188 8,438 7,188 8,438
In the third to fifth years inclusive
8,438 9,688 8,438 9,688
Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees (49) (91) (49) (91)
As at 31 December 8,389 9,597 8,389 9,597
On 15 October 2021, the Group and Company entered into a loan agreement with Bank of Ireland consisting of a £10 million
term loan in addition to a revolving credit facility of £10 million. The loan is secured on all the assets of the Group. Operating
covenants are limited to the Group’s net debt leverage of 2.0 : 1 and interest cover of 4.0 : 1. At 31 December 2023, the
Group's net debt leverage was -3.7 : 1 and interest cover was 16.5 : 1. The term loan is repayable over three years with an
initial 12-month repayment holiday followed by annual capital repayments of £1,250,000. The term loan contains two one-
year extension options, one of which was exercised during the year. The Group's current intention is to exercise the second
extension option in the next year. At the end of the term, a bullet payment for the remaining balance of the loan is due. The
loan is denominated in Pound Sterling and carries interest at SONIA plus 1.75%. The Group entered into an interest swap on
2 November 2021, effectively fixing the interest rate at 2.95% over the term of the loan.




20 Trade and other payables
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
31 Dec 2022
£000
Trade payables 482 826 11 63
Amounts owed to group undertakings 14,135 14,330
Other tax and social security payable 1,614 1,370
Other payables 168 204
Accruals 7,034 6,183 736 589
Deferred income 31,475 29,563
40,773 38,146 14,882 14,982
The amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable upon demand.
Deferred income has increased in the year to £31.5 million (31 December 2022: £29.6 million). The movement is due to the
growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription fee
invoices issued during 2023 in excess of that recognised.

The Company borrowed £1,273,000 from group undertakings during the year (2022: borrowed £1,247,000 from group
undertakings) representing the movement on the net amount owed to or from group undertakings from the start of the
year to the year end. These amounts are detailed in both note 16 and the table above with the cash impact incorporating
non-cash movements totalling £12,500,000 (2022: £nil). Gross borrowings during the year totalled £71,037,000 net of
£69,764,000 payments (2022: borrowings of £59,184,000 net of £57,937,000 payments). The movements in the year are in
relation to the Group’s treasury arrangements.



Graphics
124
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
21 Capital lease obligations
The Group leases various offices and plant and machinery which, following the adoption of IFRS 16, met the criteria set out
to be recognised as capital lease agreements
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Amounts payable under capital lease arrangements:
Within one year 538 642
Within two to five years 1,997 2,284
After five years 906 1,387
Total 3,441 4,313
Less: future finance charges (427) (564)
Present value of lease obligations 3,014 3,749
Less: Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities) (426) (553)
As at 31 December 2,588 3,196
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
The present value of financial lease liabilities is split as follows:
Within one year 426 553
Within two to five years 1,728 1,897
After five years 860 1,299
3,014 3,749
The Company had no capital lease obligations during the year (2022: nil).
Group
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
31 Dec 2022
£000
Liability as at 1 January 3,749 3,050
Additions 830
Interest 129 123
De-recognition (168)
Foreign exchange (162) 151
Repayments (534) (405)
Liability as at 31 December 3,014 3,749
Total cash outflows from all leases totalled £1,084,000 (2022: £716,000), of which £550,000 (2022: £311,000) related to
short term or low value leases. These amounts are displayed within the cash flows from operating activities in the statement
of cash flows.


Graphics
125
22 Provisions
Provisions
31 Dec 2023
£000
31 Dec 2022
£000
Group
At 1 January 316 379
Charged/(released) to income statement 158 (76)
Utilised in the period (114)
Foreign exchange 8 13
At 31 December 368 316
Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:
Provisions
31 Dec 2023
£000
31 Dec 2022
£000
Current 100 114
Non-current 268 202
368 316
£288,000 (2022: £273,000) of the total provision at 31 December 2023 of £368,000 (2022: £316,000) relates to the cost of
dilapidations in respect of its occupied leasehold premises.
All of the non-current provision is expected to unwind within 2 to 5 years (2022: 2 to 5 years).


Graphics
126
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements


23 Share capital
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Number £000 Number £000
Group and company
Ordinary shares of 7 1/3p each
Issued and fully paid:
At 1 January 57,337,611 4,204 57,199,448 4,194
Issued under share option schemes 138,163 10
Equity consideration on acquisition
At 31 December 57,337,611 4,204 57,337,611 4,204
The number of ordinary shares for which Aptitude employees hold options and the period to which the options are
exercisable are as follows (note 29):
Period
Year of
grant
Exercise
price
2023
Number
2022
Number
Between 30 August 2023 and 10 August 2028 2018 6 3/7p 28,431
Between 12 March 2022 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p 36,797 63,842
Between 12 March 2024 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p 39,525 3,572
Between 1 November 2022 and 1 May 2023 2019 590.0p 2,623
Between 1 November 2022 and 1 May 2023 2019 600.0p 64,678
Between 12 March 2022 and 10 August 2029 2020 7 1/3p 179,000
Between 12 March 2024 and 10 August 2029 2020 7 1/3p 123,669
Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 460.0p 148,178 221,357
Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 446.0p 12,508 40,058
Between 12 March 2023 and 10 August 2030 2021 7 1/3p 140,267 207,076
Between 12 March 2025 and 10 August 2030 2021 7 1/3p 98,610
Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 692.0p 1,222 10,671
Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 700.0p 44,747 61,720
Between 22 November 2025 and 22 May 2032 2022 7 1/3p 282,960 460,351
Between 22 November 2027 and 22 May 2032 2022 7 1/3p 164,893
Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 372.5p 39,198 118,761
Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 335.0p 298,154 465,798
Between 5 September 2026 and 5 September 2033 2023 7 1/3p 361,685
Between 5 September 2028 and 5 September 2035 2023 7 1/3p 74,660
Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 236.0p 140,694
Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 280.0p 713,370
2,333,965 2,315,110

24 Share premium account
2023
£000
2022
£000
Group and Company
At 1 January 11,959 11,946
Premium on shares issued during the year under the share option schemes 13
At 31 December 11,959 11,959
The total net proceeds from the issuance of shares during the year was £nil (2022: £23,000) with £nil (2022: £10,000) of
this being recognised within share capital, being the nominal value of shares issued. The remaining amount represents the
premium on issue which is detailed in the table above.



Graphics
127

25 Other reserves
Derivatives
hedge
reserve
£000
Merger
reserve
£000
Employee
benefit
trust reserve
£000
Total
£000
Group
At 1 January 2022 (293) 34,195 33,902
Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement 187 187
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 1,445 1,445
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges (335) (335)
At 31 December 2022 1,004 34,195 35,199
Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (1,242) (1,242)
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 1,044 1,044
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 50 50
Transfer on exercise of options 124 124
Purchase of own shares (186) (186)
At 31 December 2023 856 34,195 (62) 34,989
Derivatives
hedge
reserve
£000
Merger
reserve
£000
Employee
benefit
trust reserve
£000
Total
£000
Company
Cash flow hedges
At 1 January 2022 (29) 17,398 17,369
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 812 812
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges (203) (203)
At 31 December 2022 580 17,398 17,978
Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (302) (302)
Gain on effective cash flow hedges 23 23
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 70 70
Transfer on exercise of options 124 124
Purchase of own shares (186) (186)
At 31 December 2023
371 17,398 (62) 17,707



Graphics
128
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements

26 (Accumulated losses)/retained earnings
Group
£000
Company
£000
At 1 January 2022 (3,346) 18,116
Profit for the year 2,595 (791)
Share options – value of employee service (note 30) 695 695
Deferred tax on share options (note 15) (137) (55)
Dividends paid (note 8) (3,093) (3,093)
At 31 December 2022 (3,286) 14,872
Profit for the year 4,125 12,053
Share options – value of employee service (note 29) 125 73
Issue of shares (151) (151)
Deferred tax on share options (note 15) (66) 17
Dividends paid (note 8) (3,096) (3,096)
At 31 December 2023 (2,349) 23,768
The profit for the financial year dealt with in the financial statements of the Company was £12,053,000 (2022: loss of
£791,000). As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no separate income statement or statement of
comprehensive income is presented in respect of the Company.
Of the Company’s £23,768,000 retained earnings, £21,122,000 (2022: £12,998,000) is distributable to shareholders following
adjustment for the cumulative impact of share options value of service through reserves.


27 Cash flows from operating activities
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash generated from operations:
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Group
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2023
£000
Company
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
£000
Profit before tax for the period 5,040 3,205 12,053 (791)
Adjustments for:
 Depreciation 1,049 1,132 10 9
 Amortisation 3,381 3,382
 Share-based payment expense 125 695 (173) 22
 Finance income (282) (18) (273) (18)
 Finance costs 527 498 315 375
Changes in working capital:
Decrease/(increase) in receivables 63 (1,485) (96) (157)
Increase/(decrease) in payables 2,042 (2,137) 95 (643)
Cash generated from/(used in) operations 11,945 5,272 11,931 (1,203)


28 Commitments
The Group and Company have no commitments other than short term leases or a lease of low-value asset during the year
(2022: £nil).



Graphics
129
29 Share based payments
Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Under the 2016 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the Remuneration Committee is allowed to grant conditional allocations of
par value options in the Company to key executives. The contractual life of an option is 10 years. The PSP is considered a
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award.
334,684 options were granted on 6 September 2023 (2022: 629,518 awards granted). The performance conditions are in line
with those described for the executive Directors on page 52.
The inputs inserted into the Monte Carlo Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.
Item Value
Exercise price 7 1/3p
Expected volatility 40.00%
Dividend yield 1.88%
Risk-free interest rate 4.81%
Share price at grant date 287p
For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period
to the expected term of awards.
At the year end there were 43 (2022: 53) employees currently participating in the scheme. Exercise of an option is subject
to continued employment.
Details of the share options outstanding under the PSP during the year are as follows:
2023 2022
Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Outstanding at 1 January 1,329,444 7.25p 1,084,463 7.25p
Granted 334,684 7 1/3p 629,518 7 1/3p
Exercised (32,283) 6.43p (134,902) 6.43p
Lapsed (842,982) 7 1/3p (249,635) 7 1/3p
Outstanding at 31 December 788,863 7.23p 1,329,444 7.25p
Vested and exercisable at 31 December 177,064 7 1/3p 3,572 7 1/3p
32,283 (2022: 134,902) PSP share options were exercised in 2023. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise
for share options exercised during 2023 under the Share Option Plans was 346p (2022: 317p).
The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.47 years
(2022: 9.66 years).
No options have expired during the periods covered by the above tables.


Graphics
130
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
29 Share based payments (continued)
Share Option Plans
The Group has set up several Share Option Plans, under which the Remuneration Committee can grant options over shares
in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to the market price of the
shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is 3.5 years. Following the introduction of a new
sharesave scheme in 2018, 313 employees (2022: 272) currently participate in these Plans.
Options granted under the Share Option Plans will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject
to specific criteria being met.
Exercise of an option is subject to continued employment.
Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:
2023 2022
Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Outstanding at 1 January 985,666 397.02p 660,550 505.58p
Granted 891,125 272.16p 589,932 342.55p
Exercised 00.00p (3,261) 416.92p
Lapsed (478,720) 421.41p (261,555) 548.11p
Outstanding at 31 December 1,398,071 309.09p 985,666 397.02p
Exercisable at 31 December 160,686 458.91p 67,301 599.61p
The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.
Value
Item UK International
Exercise price 236p 280p
Expected volatility 39.30% 39.30%
Dividend yield 1.91% 1.91%
Risk-free interest rate 4.60% 4.60%
Expected cancellation rate 5% 5%
For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period
to the expected term of awards.
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the Share Option
Plans was £nil (2022: 509.0p).
The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.68 years
(2022: 3.63 years).
No options have expired during the periods covered by the above tables.


Graphics
131
29 Share based payments (continued)
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
During the year, the Group issued Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), under which the Remuneration Committee can grant
options over shares in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to the
market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is 3 years.
Options granted as Restricted Stock Units will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to
specific criteria being met.
Exercise of an option is subject to continued employment.
Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:
2023
Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Outstanding at 1 January
Granted 156,954 7 1/3p
Lapsed (9,923) 7 1/3p
Outstanding at 31 December 147,031 7 1/3p
Exercisable at 31 December
The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2023 are detailed below.
Value
Exercise price 7 1/3p
Expected volatility 40.00%
Dividend yield 1.88%
Risk-free interest rate 4.81%
For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period
to the expected term of awards.
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the RSU Plans
was £nil (2022: £nil).
The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.69 years
(2022: nil years).
The Group recognised total expenses of £125,000 (2022: £695,000) related to equity-settled share-based payment
transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total charge in the income statement was £128,000 (2022: £617,000).
There was a deferred tax charge of £63,000 (2022: charge of £137,000) taken directly to equity.
The Company recognised a credit of £173,000 (2022: expenses of £22,000) related to equity-settled share-based payment
transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total credit in the income statement was £129,000 (2022: charge of
£8,000). There was a deferred tax credit of £17,000 (2022: deferred tax charge of £55,000) taken directly to equity.


Graphics
132
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
30 Retirement benefit schemes
The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for qualifying employees in the UK. The assets of the
plans are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.
The Group also operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for its overseas employees with contributions up to
6% of basic salary.
The total expense in the income statement of £1,271,000 (2022: £1,258,000) represents contributions payable to these
plans by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans. As at 31 December 2023, contributions totalling £nil (2022:
£29,000) due in respect of the 2023 reporting year had not been paid over to the plans and were included within accruals.
All amounts were paid over subsequent to the balance sheet date.

31 Related party transactions
Group
During the year, the following directors were paid dividends as ordinary shareholders from Aptitude Software Group plc
whilst acting as a director:
Ivan Martin was paid dividends of £12,150. Jeremy Suddards was paid dividends of £934. Philip Wood was paid dividends of
£7,825. Alex Curran was paid dividends of £215.
There were no further related party transactions in the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil), as defined by International
Accounting Standard No 24 “Related Party Disclosures” other than key management compensation as disclosed in note 4.


32 Contingent liabilities
The Group had no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2023. In 2022, two clients ceased the implementation of the Group’s
products and provided the Group with correspondence terminating their multi-year agreement alleging contractual breaches
by Aptitude and claiming damages. The Group rejected both the purported termination of the two agreements and claim
for damages and notified the clients of the charges due to Aptitude under the minimum terms of their agreements. One
was resolved in the year and the Group maintain their position on the other, therefore no provision has been recognised at
31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).
The Group does not consider a contingent liability in respect of either of the claims at 31 December 2023.



Graphics
Shareholder Information
133
Analysis of share register
Ordinary Shares
As at 20 March 2024, the Company had 875 registered holders of ordinary shares. Their shareholdings are analysed below:
Size of shareholding
Number of
shareholders
Percentage of
shareholders
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued shares
1-1,000 516 59.0 152,924 516
1,001-5,000 184 21.0 429,282 0.7
5,001-50,000 105 12.0 1,678,631 2.9
50,001-500,000 50 5.7 9,722,926 17.0
500,001-above 20 2.3 45,353,848 79.1
Total 875 100% 57,337,611 100%
Shareholder type
Number of
shareholders
Percentage of
shareholders
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued shares
Institutional shareholders 191 21.9 55,503,267 96.8
Private shareholders 684 78.1 1,834,344 3.2
Total 875 100% 57,337,611 100%
Share dealing enquiries
Shareholders’ enquiries regarding shareholdings or dividends should in the first instance be addressed to Link Group.
Link Group - Share Dealing
Central Square,
29 Wellington Street,
Leeds
LS1 4DL.
0371 664 0445 (Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider)
Outside UK +44 (0) 371 664 0445 (Calls outside the United Kingdom are charged at the applicable international rate)
Lines are open Monday - Friday 8am - 4:30pm
Email: info@linksharedeal.com
Donate your shares to charity
If you have only a small number of shares which are uneconomical to sell you may wish to donate them to charity free of charge
through ShareGift (Registered Charity10528686).
Find out more at www.sharegift.org.uk or by telephoning 020 7930 3737.
Share fraud warning
Share fraud includes scams where investors are called out of the blue and offered shares that often turn out to be worthless or
non-existent, or an inflated price for shares they own. These calls come from fraudsters operating in ‘boiler rooms’ that are mostly
based abroad.
While high profits are promised, those who buy or sell shares in this way usually lose their money.
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has found most share fraud victims are experienced investors who lose an average of
£20,000, with around £200m lost in the UK each year.

Graphics
Shareholder Information
134
Protect yourself
If you are offered unsolicited investment advice, discounted shares, a premium price for shares you own, or free company or
research reports, you should take these steps before handing over any money:
Get the name of the person and organisation contacting you.
Check the Financial Services Register at http://www.fca.org.uk/ to ensure they are authorised.
Use the details on the FCA Register to contact the firm.
Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 if there are no contact details on the Register or you are told they are out
of date.
Search our list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid doing business with.
Annual General Meeting of shareholders
We consider the Annual General Meeting of shareholders (AGM) to be an important event in our calendar and a significant
opportunity to engage with our shareholders. The 2024 AGM will be held at 9:00 a.m. on Tuesday 14 May 2024 at the offices of
Aptitude Software Group plc, 8th Floor, 138 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6BJ. Details are given in a separate notice to shareholders.
A copy of the Notice of Annual General Meeting together with this Annual Report is posted on the Company’s website www.
aptitudesoftware.com. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan to
attend the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes.
Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of the AGM. Details of how to do this are contained in the Notice of
Annual General Meeting
Website
The investor section of the Group’s corporate website, www.aptitidesoftware.com contains a wide range of information including
regulatory news, results announcements, share price information and information about our Board and Committees. It is also
possible to sign up to receive regulatory news relating to Aptitude Software plc alerts by email at www.aptitudesoftware.com/
investor-relations/email-alerts/

Graphics

Graphics
© Aptitude Software Limited 2014 - 2023. All Rights Reser ved. APTITUDE, APTITUDE ACCOUNTING HUB, APTITUDE LEASE ACCOUNTING ENGINE,
REVSTREAM, APTITUDE REVENUE RECOGNITION ENGINE, FYNAPSE and the triangle device are trademarks of Aptitude Software Limited. Aptitude
U.S. and European Patents Pending and Granted. For more information, please refer to: https:// www.aptitudesoftware.com/
patentsandtrademarks
www.aptitudesoftware.com
Contact us
London
8th Floor
138 Cheapside,
London, EC2V 6BJ
Tel: 44 (0)20 3687 3200
Singapore
Centennial Tower, Level 17
3 Temasek Avenue
039190 Singapore
Tel: +65 82282403
Boston
Suite 1310
101 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Tel: +1 (857) 201-3432
Wrocław
ul. Muchoborska 6
54-424 Wrocław
Poland
Tel: +48 71 35 83 010
Annual Report 2023